Merged Christopher's edits to 1 Thessalonians (#2341)

Co-authored-by: Vessoul1973 <vessoul1973@noreply.door43.org>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2341
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-03-21 17:35:09 +00:00
parent 544c43dd66
commit 4996a8af1f
1 changed files with 113 additions and 139 deletions

View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 3 w769 figs-possession τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τοῦ κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης, καὶ τῆς ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul uses three pairs of words in a possessive relationship here. The most likely meaning of this possessive relationship is that the second word of each pair is the motivation for the first word of the pair. Alternate translation: “work motivated by faith and labor because of love and endurance based on future promises” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
1TH 1 3 kr8q figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The words **hope in our Lord Jesus Christ** is a possessive form. The relationship between **our Lord Jesus Christ** and **hope** could be: (1) Jesus is the object of hope. Alternate translation: “that our Lord Jesus Christ will do what he has promised” (2) Jesus is the source of hope. Alternate translation: “that comes from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
1TH 1 3 tvrg figs-hendiadys τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God. Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
1TH 1 3 v01e figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessalonian church. All believers are the spiritual children of God the Father through Jesus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive)
1TH 1 3 v01e figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessalonian church. All believers are the spiritual children of God the Father through Jesus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive)
1TH 1 4 psc4 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous εἰδότες 1 Here, **knowing** continues the simultaneous description of how the writers of this letter “give thanks” (See UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1TH 1 4 qx5o figs-nominaladj ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase acts as nominal adjective that describes the Thessalonian Church in relational terms. They are spiritual siblings in their relationship with the writers of the letter, and beloved children in their relationship with **God** the Father (See [1:3](../01/03.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 1 4 erb6 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ.” If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 5 jxfs grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, **because** is the marker of a result clause. The writers of this letter are certain of the “election” and identity of the Thessalonian Church as Gods people [1:4](../01/04.md), **because** they received the gospel message in all the ways described in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 1 5 ude4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 not in word only The writers of this letter use a contrasting clause to emphasis the multi-faceted effect of the gospel. Alternate translation: “our gospel preaching did not come to you as only a simple message, but even accompanied with power and the Holy Spirit and full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 1 5 sm4j grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 not in word only If it is clearer in your language, you could change this extended phrase to a simultaneous clause, framed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “our gospel message was completely validated: by our words, by a display of power, by the Holy Spirit, by your own full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This could mean: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave the apostles the ability to preach the **gospel** powerfully. See UST (2) the **Holy Spirit** caused the preaching of the **gospel** to have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “but also empowered by the Holy Spirit” (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the **gospel** preaching through displays of **power**. Alternate translation: “but also with powerful signs from the Holy Spirit”
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This refers to: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave the apostles the ability to preach the **gospel** powerfully. See UST (2) the **Holy Spirit** caused the preaching of the **gospel** to have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “but also empowered by the Holy Spirit” (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the **gospel** preaching through displays of **power**. Alternate translation: “but also with powerful signs from the Holy Spirit”
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance Here, **assurance** is an abstract noun. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **assurance** in another way. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gave you full confidence” or “the Holy Spirit fully convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 1 5 wdr7 καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι 1 The phrase **just as you know what kind of men** is used by writers of this letter to validate the gospel message, by the example of their own conduct amongst the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “you even experienced it for yourself” or “you are well aware how we behaved”
1TH 1 6 cs49 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε καὶ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 you became imitators If your language would not use a noun for the idea behind **imitators**, you could translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “And all of you mimicked us and the Lord” or “And all of you copied us and the Lord” or “And all of you behaved like us and the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
@ -68,79 +68,72 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 10 ffro figs-idiom ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase translated **the dead** is plural and a common biblical concept that refers to “dead people.” It means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” or “from death” or “from the place where corpses are” or “from the grave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
1TH 1 10 dbcl figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦν, τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 The clause **the one rescuing us** is functioning as an adjective that describes Jesus in his role as rescuer. It makes this action of rescuing to be a characteristic of Jesus or even a title: “the rescuer.” Translate this in a way that makes this a description of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, our rescuer” or “Jesus, who rescues us” or “Jesus, the one who is going to rescue us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish)
1TH 1 10 yh5s figs-explicit τὸν ῥυόμενον 1 Here, **rescuing** does not mean being taken away from Gods wrath after experiencing it. Instead, it means being taken away from any danger of experiencing Gods wrath. Alternate translation: “the one saving us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 the one rescuing us This is an inclusive use of **us**, including Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessaloniansand by extension—all Christians. Alternate translation: “all of us Christians” or “we who trust in Christ” or “all of us believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 the one rescuing us This is an inclusive use of **us**, including Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessaloniansand by extension—all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us Christians” or “we who trust in Christ” or “all of us believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 1 10 g3zz figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης 1 Here, **wrath** is an abstract noun referring to the destined **coming** Gods future and final Judgment. If it is clearer in your language, you could translate this as a verb form. Alternate translation: “from the future time when God punishes those who do not trust in him” or “when God will certainly punish those who worship idols” or “from Gods impending judgment” (See: [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro.md))(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 1 10 cx5g figs-metaphor τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **wrath** as though it were something that could travel and is **coming** to where people are. He means by this that in the future, an event will happen when God will act wrathfully against people who have sinned and who have not trusted in Jesus to forgive their sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “Gods judgment that will happen” or “when God will punish people for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 2<br><br>1. Apostolic Suffering (2:1-13)<br>* Apostolic preaching (2:1-6)<br>* Apostolic conduct (2:7-9)<br>* Apostolic witness (2:10-3)<br>2. Persecution of the Church (2:14-16)<br>* Thessalonian persecution (2:14a)<br>* Jewish persecution (2:14b-16)<br>3. Pauls Desire to Visit (2:17-20)<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter is a defense of their apostleship and sufferings. They second part is a recounting of the Thessalonian churchs sufferings. Lastly, the Apostle Paul makes known his deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Apostolic Witness<br><br>Here, Paul defends how he, Silvanus, and Timothy are Gods apostles. By their preaching, conduct and witness, they prove to be authorized messengers of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/apostle.md]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### The Gospel of God<br><br>The foundation of the apostolic witness is that they were “entrusted with the gospel” (see [2:4](../02/04.md).The apostles authority makes them: “bold to speak” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)), “impart” (See [2:8](../02/08.md)), “preach” (See [2:9](../02/09.md)), and thank God that the Thessalonian church “received the word of God” (See [2:13](../02/13/.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In this chapter is the first mention of the Second Coming of Christ in its two facets. First, Paul mentions that the persecutors of Christs Church will be judged by using the phrase “wrath has come upon them” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Next, Paul speaks of the “hope” and “joy” and “glory” for those who will “be saved” (See [2:16](../02/16.md)) “in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming” (See [2:19-20](../02/19.md)).
1TH 2 1 ii5j grammar-connect-words-phrases αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί 1 Here, **For you yourselves know, brothers** functions as a chapter transition into the next topic of the apostles suffering. You could emphasize this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you are fully aware” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε 1 you yourselves know The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 1 f5x2 οἴδατε 1 Here, like the similar phrase in [1:4](../01/04.md), **know** does not refer to simple knowledge. You could make this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “you are aware” or “you are convinced” or “you recognize” or “you realize”
1TH 2 1 tdl3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 1 r14z figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 2 1 nwlt figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 1 g6qq figs-exclusive τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν…ὅτι 1 our coming Here **our** is exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothybut not the Thessalonian Church (See [1:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “when we apostles came” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 2 1 w584 figs-litotes οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν 1 has not been in vain Here, **not … in vain** a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. There are two main options to indicate the double negative: (1) express negatively. Alternate translation: “has not been useless” or “has not been without a purpose” or “has not been worthless” (2) express positively. Alternate translation: “has proved quite beneficial” or “has definitely been worthwhile” or “has been very useful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1TH 2 2 h9s8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast 0 This verse provides background information about what happened when Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy were in the city of Philippi (See Acts 16-17:1-10; [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br>
1TH 2 2 w0qu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις ἐπαρρησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 **But** begins a contrasting clause emphasizing that the coming of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy was **not in vain** [2:1](../02/01.md). The verb translated **we were bold** is an emphatic contrast to the normal response one would expect from suffering. Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are able to respond this way because their boldness comes from God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However … God made us confident in how powerful he is” or “Instead … God encouraged us” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 2 clqq figs-infostructure ἀλλὰ προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις 1 Here, **just as you know** is meant to emphasize how well the Thessalonian church understands the apostles suffering. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But, as you are well aware that we already suffered and were badly insulted at Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1TH 2 2 le4l writing-background προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες…ἐν Φιλίπποις 1 The phrase translated **having previously suffered and have been shamefully treated at Philippi** is a background information about what happened when Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy were in the city of Philippi (see Acts 16). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Although we already suffered and were insultingly disgraced when visiting the city of Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 2 2 fac4 figs-doublet προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that how badly the apostles suffered. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that we had earlier suffered being violently abused” or “since we already suffered being shamefully insulted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 2 2 lw7k writing-background ἐπαρρησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν, λαλῆσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 This is another background reference to the apostolic preaching during the persecution of the Thessalonian Church as recorded in Acts 17:1-10 (Also [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to courageously proclaim his good news to you at Thessalonica even while struggling intensely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 2 2 fac4 figs-doublet προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that how badly the apostles suffered. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that we had earlier suffered violently” or “since we already suffered being shamefully abused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 2 2 daei figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This possessive phrase **the gospel of God** expresses how **gospel** relates to **God**. It can refer to three main ideas: (1) possession. Alternate translation: “Gods gospel” (2) source. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (3) association. “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 2 v4dg figs-abstractnouns ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 in much struggle Here, **in much struggle** can also refer to a spiritual contest or game. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **in much struggle** in another way. Alternate translation: “although we struggled hard” or “despite how much we agonized” or “during the time we contested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 3 hl9c figs-litany ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 **For** is the beginning of a list of reasons describing why Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy had boldness to speak. This list of reasons also defends how their message was “the gospel of God” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 2 3 xg1c figs-abstractnouns ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind these abstract nouns in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, when we appealed to you: we did not try to lead you astray, we did not speak impurely, we did not try to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 3 jlly figs-abstractnouns ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 1 The abstract noun **exhortation** can mean different things. Here, it is a synonym for “the gospel of God” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)). If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **exhortation** in another way. Alternate translation: “Because when we encouraged you that it” or “Certainly when we warned you that it” or “When we urged you that it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 3 hl9c figs-litany ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences reasons describing why Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy had boldness to speak. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This list of reasons also defends how their message was “the gospel of God” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)). Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 2 3 xg1c figs-abstractnouns ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind **exhortation**, **error**, **impurity**, and **deceit** in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, when we appealed to you: we did not try to lead you astray, we did not speak impurely, we did not try to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 3 t7ty figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 was not from error, nor from impurity, nor in deceit This list of double negative phrases highlights the sincere motive and true content of the **exhortation** Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy shared with the Thessalonian church. If these double negative phrases would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate them as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “was from honest, pure, sincere motives” or “was made properly, purely, and sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TH 2 4 is1a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καθὼς 1 we have been approved by God to be entrusted Here, **but just as** is meant to contrast the negative items in [2:3](../02/03.md), and reinforce that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are authorized to preach the gospel. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “It is actually true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 4 lfv7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ καθὼς δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Here, **to be entrusted** expresses the result of **been examined**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God trusts us to proclaim the gospel because he tested and approved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 4 ue4y figs-explicit δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 The combination of these two verbs **examined** and **entrusted** are meant to emphasize how the apostles have trustworthy credentials to preach the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have been proved to be genuine guardians of the gospel” or “we are marked with Gods seal of approval as faithful preachers of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 2 4 m8sq grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως λαλοῦμεν 1 Here, **so we speak** expresses the result of **been examined**. The reason why the apostles have confidence and authority to proclaim the gospel is because God tested and approved them. There are two main ways you could translate **so**: (1) reason for speaking. Alternate translation: “this is why we keep talking about it” or “so, we keep speaking” (2) manner of speaking. Alternate translation: “so this is how we speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 4 qqj2 figs-explicit λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak The implicit information in the phrase **we speak** is that it refers to the apostles preaching or teaching of the gospel (See [2:2](../02/02.md) for the same verb). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we apostles keep proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 2 4 b0yy grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ Θεῷ 1 This contrast clause summarizes the list of double negatives in [2:3](../02/03.md), in order to express the apostles godly motives. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “not to flatter people, but please God” or “not hoping to satisfy people, but God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-parallelism ἀλλὰ Θεῷ, τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 the one who examines our hearts Here, the writers of this letter use the same verb form to reinforce that they **have been examined by God**. Alternate translation: “Actually, we seek to do what is pleasing to God. He is the one who continually examines our affections” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 4 ntpt figs-metaphor τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 Here, **the one who examines our hearts** is a metaphor that compares Gods examination of the apostles motives, affections, or deepest thoughts to that of a doctor performing heart surgery, or a smelter testing the purity of refined metal. If you have an equivalent metaphor from your culture, you could use it. Alternate translation: “the one who can determine what motivates us” or “the one who refines the quality of our motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 4 is1a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καθὼς 1 we have been approved by God to be entrusted Here, **but just as** is meant to contrast the negative items in [2:3](../02/03.md), and reinforce that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are authorized to preach the gospel. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “it is actually true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 4 lfv7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ καθὼς δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Here, **to be entrusted** expresses the result of **been examined**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “certainly, God trusts us to proclaim the gospel because he tested and approved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 4 ue4y figs-explicit δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 The combination of these two verbs **examined** and **entrusted** are meant to emphasize how the apostles are authorized to preach the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has verified that we can be trusted to proclaim his good news” or “we have passed Gods test as faithful preachers of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 2 4 m8sq grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως λαλοῦμεν 1 Here, **so we speak** expresses the result of **been examined**. The reason why the apostles have confidence and authority to **speak** the gospel is because God tested and approved them. This could refer to: (1) reason for speaking. Alternate translation: “this is why we keep talking about it” (2) manner of speaking. Alternate translation: “so this is how we speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 4 qqj2 figs-explicit λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we apostles keep speaking the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
1TH 2 4 b0yy grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ Θεῷ 1 Here, the word **but** contrasts **men** and **God**. Paul is indicating that **God** and **men** are different people. Paul is also expressing the idea that the apostles motive for speaking the **gospel** is to please **God**, **not … men**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “not to flatter people, but please God” or “to satisfy God, not people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])<br>
1TH 2 4 bq9a figs-metonymy τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **our hearts** is a metonym for the apostles motives, affections, or deepest thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what we love” or “what we ponder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 5 xk2o grammar-connect-words-phrases οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 Here, the phrase **For we did not come at that time** signals that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are going to defend their apostolic authorization from God. This phrase is also meant emphasize their godly motives. Alternate translation: “Because previously when we came, it was not to flatter you” or “Certainly we never came in order to flatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 5 xk2o grammar-connect-words-phrases οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 Here, the phrase **For we did not come at that time** marks a transition where the apostles defend their motives by describing their previous godly conduct. Alternate translation: “Because previously when we came, it was not to flatter you” or “Certainly we never came in order to flatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 5 u28j figs-litany οὔτε…ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας…οὔτε ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας 1 Here, Paul uses a series of negative examples in [2:5-6](../02/05/md) to describe behavior that is not fitting for Christs apostles. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” You can use a form in your language to list things that someone should not do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 2 5 hqih οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν, 1 Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2](../02/02..md)). It is meant to reinforce the sincere words of the apostles, and to validate their gospel message by how they behaved amongst the Thessalonian Church (See [1:5](../01/05.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “As you are well aware, we did not previously come to flatter”
1TH 2 5 hqih figs-infostructure οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν, 1 Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2](../02/02..md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “As you are well aware, we did not previously come to flatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1TH 2 5 q2yh figs-metaphor ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας 1 Here, **pretext** figuratively expresses the idea of people with greedy motives by comparing them to people wearing a mask or a disguise to cover up their evil intent. If the concept of a masking or disguising would not communicate a covering of true motives, you could you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “disguising greedy intent” or “trying to hide greed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 5 qqia figs-ellipsis (Θεὸς μάρτυς) 1 In the phrase **God {is} witness**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “God is our witness!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 2 5 lfym figs-metaphor (Θεὸς μάρτυς) 1 The apostles are appealing to God to validate their gospel message and personal motives. They figuratively speak as if they are summoning God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 6 j6c4 figs-synecdoche οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων 1 Here, Paul refers figuratively to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human beingnot you or anyone else” or “We were not hoping for any human honors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TH 2 6 afcc figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way. Alternate translation: “for humans to honor us” or “to have people praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 7 u7y2 figs-hypo δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι 1 With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could indicate two main things: (1) authority. “As Christs apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights. Alternate translation: “As Christs apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights. Alternate translation: “As Christs apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1TH 2 7 u7y2 figs-hypo δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι 1 With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could refer to: (1) authority of the apostles. “as Christs apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christs apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christs apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1TH 2 7 a75z figs-metaphor δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 7 bslq grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, **but** signals that the rest of the verse will contrast the idea of **burden**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 7 y3bi figs-metaphor ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian Church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (see UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 7 rglp translate-textvariants ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι 1 Some ancient copies read **little children** as “gentle ones” or “mild ones” or “soothing ones.” Alternate translation: “we were gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 2 7 y3bi figs-metaphor ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian Church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 7 bnp2 figs-idiom ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses the idiom **in the midst of you** that means “spending time” or “visiting”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “while visiting you” or “while spending time with you” or “when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as if a mother might comfort her own children The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian Church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 2 8 r8b4 figs-abstractnouns οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you in this manner If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **having affection** in another way. Alternate translation: “Since we constantly long for you this way” or “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν, οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls Paul uses **our own souls** to speak figuratively of the apostles bodies or their life. The apostles became so fond of the Thessalonian church that they were even willing to **impart** or give up their own lives through persecution (See [2:2](../02/02.md)) and labors (See [2:9](../02/09.md)). If your readers would not understand what **our own souls** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we were happy to share with you both the gospel and our own lives” or “we thought it appropriate to give you the gospel, even if it meant giving up our very lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 8 p4e4 figs-activepassive διότι ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήθητε 1 you had become beloved to us If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is because we began to love you so much” or “This is because we were so fond of you” or “Because we apostles had so much affection for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TH 2 8 r8b4 figs-abstractnouns οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you in this manner If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **having affection** in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls Paul uses **our own souls** to speak figuratively of the apostles bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 9 v837 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the connecting word **For** emphasizes that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 9 exw6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 2 9 ilj2 figs-distinguish νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase further explains **our labor and toil**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “Although working night and day” or “Despite the fact that we kept working night and day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 2 9 ilj2 figs-distinguish νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase further explains **our labor and toil**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “although working night and day” or “despite the fact that we kept working night and day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 2 9 ylkl figs-idiom νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 Here, **night and day working** is an idiom for excessive labor. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we stayed busy working” or “we never stopped working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 9 geb7 grammar-connect-logic-goal πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 This is a purpose clause expressing the reason why the apostles were **night and day working**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 2 9 ezqn τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Again, the phrase **the gospel of God** is used to indicate that the apostles message is of Divine origin (See your translation at [2:2](../02/02.md)).
1TH 2 10 re18 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός 1 The apostles are appealing to the Thessalonian church and God to validate their gospel message and personal motives (See also [2:5](../02/05.md)). They figuratively speak as if they are summoning both the church and God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “You are our witnesses, as well as God himself” or “As well as God, you have personally testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 10 h52a figs-ellipsis ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός 1 In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: See previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 2 9 kedf figs-idiom πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack (See note at [2:7](../02/07.md)). Alternative translation, “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 9 tw00 grammar-connect-logic-goal πρὸς τὸ μὴ 1 This introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why the apostles worked so much. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 2 9 ezqn figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Again, the phrase **the gospel of God** is used to indicate that the apostles message is of Divine origin (See your translation at [2:2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 10 re18 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός 1 The apostles are appealing to the Thessalonian church and God to validate their gospel message and personal motives (See also [2:5](../02/05.md)). They figuratively speak as if they are summoning both the church and God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “You are our witnesses, as well as God himself” or “As well as God, you can personally testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 10 h52a figs-ellipsis ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός 1 In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “As well as God, you can personally testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 2 10 il3e figs-litany ὡς ὁσίως, καὶ δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως, ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless Paul uses a repetitive series of proofs of the apostles godly behavior in [2:10-12](../02/10.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the evidence for which the Thessalonian Church and God are evoked as witnesses. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. Alternate translation: “just how faithful, and just, and innocent we conducted ourselves toward you believers in God” or “how we acted reverently, and fairly, and blamelessly while visiting the faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 2 10 ufdv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1TH 2 10 ufdv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br>
1TH 2 11 oug6 καθάπερ οἴδατε ὡς ἕνα ἕκαστον ὑμῶν 1 Again, Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2,5](../02/02..md)). It is another way of saying “you {are} witnesses” (See [2:10](../02/10.md). Paul is appealing to the Thessalonian churchs own experience of the apostles godly behavior, to prove their gospel message comes from God (See [2:9](../02/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “just as you each and every one of you are well aware” or “just as each one of you experienced for yourself”
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-simile ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father his own children The point of Pauls comparison is that the apostles are like fathers who model and instruct in proper behavior for their children. They see themselves as spiritual fathers to the Thessalonian Church, so they nurture them in the Christian faith like a father would care for the overall well-being of his own children. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a father nurtures his own children” or “just as a father cares for his own children” or “like a father trains his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1TH 2 12 m91e figs-litany παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι, καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι…ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and testifying for you Paul uses a repetitive series of verb forms to show how the apostles have instructed the Thessalonian church like caring fathers would. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” These words are meant to instill a sense of urgency. Use a form in your language that someone would use to inspire people to live godly. Alternate translation: “encouraging and cheering you up and acting as your witness” or “We kept instructing you through appeals, encouragement, and our own personal example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 2 12 clhg παρακαλοῦντες…μαρτυρόμενοι 1 These verbal forms also describe the apostles fatherly behavior toward the Thessalonian Church. These forms can be expressed in a number of ways: (1) result. Alternate translation: “with the result that we kept exhorting … testifying” (2) means. Alternate translation: “by exhorting … testifying” (3) manner. Alternate translation: “how we kept exhorting … testifying”
1TH 2 12 afop grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles appeals. He wants the Thessalonian church to live **worthily of God **. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “that you must honor God by how you live” or “so that you would live how God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 2 12 go6b figs-possession εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive phrase **of God** could refer: (1) God giving honor. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that God considers worthy” or “to live in a way that God honors” (2) Gods people as recipients of honor. “to live in a way that shows you are worthy of being Gods people” (3) God as recipient of honor. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 12 udek figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν 1 Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 12 v9ph figs-distinguish τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 This phrase gives us further information about God, and describes what he is doing through the apostles teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “God is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 2 12 b0by figs-parallelism τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 **who is calling you** is a parallelism that equates the apostles **exhorting**, **encouraging**, and **testifying** with Gods **calling**. See also [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 12 afop grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles appeals. He wants the Thessalonian church to live **worthily of God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “that you must honor God by how you live” or “so that you would live how God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 2 12 go6b figs-possession εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul use of the possessive phrase **of God** could refer to: (1) God giving honor. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that God considers worthy” or “to live in a way that God honors” (2) Gods people as recipients of honor. “to live in a way that shows you are worthy of being Gods people” (3) God as recipient of honor. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 12 udek figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν 1 Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 12 v9ph figs-distinguish τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 This phrase gives us further information about God, and describes what he is doing through the apostles teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 2 12 b0by figs-parallelism τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **who is calling you** is a parallelism that equates the apostles **exhorting**, **encouraging**, and **testifying** with Gods **calling**. See also [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 12 vbd2 figs-hendiadys εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 This phrase **into his own kingdom and glory** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **glory** describes what the **kingdom** is like. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “into his own glorious kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 2 12 n8dr figs-doublet εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 into his own kingdom and glory Here, **kingdom** and **glory** could refer to the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how enticing it is to be in Gods kingdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “into his own kingdom glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 2 13 au3b grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ διὰ τοῦτο 1 General Information: This phrase **And because of this** indicates that what follows are the reasons why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian Church. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 13 au3b grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 General Information: This phrase **And because of this** indicates that what follows are the reasons why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian Church. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 13 zja7 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 This phrase uses exaggeration to emphasize the apostles gratitude (See also [1:2](../01/02.md)). Here, **constantly** does not mean “every moment.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows intense gratitude. Alternate translation: “We ourselves habitually thank” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TH 2 13 ruy0 ἡμεῖς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **we** to emphasize how thankful the apostles are. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we personally” or “we ourselves”
1TH 2 13 ei3j figs-distinguish ὅτι παραλαβόντες λόγον ἀκοῆς παρ’ ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐδέξασθε 1 General Information: This clause explains why the apostles are thankful. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -149,60 +142,55 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 2 13 zj5f grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν 1 not as the word of man Paul uses this contrasting clause to strongly negate the idea that the apostles message is of human origin. Use a natural way in your language for introducing an emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but in fact what it really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 13 f6ta figs-metonymy λόγον ἀνθρώπων…λόγον Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses the phrase **the word** figuratively to represent a message that is made up of words. Here, **the word of man** refers to a message of human origin. In contrast, **the word of God** refers to the same message called “the gospel of God” in [2:8-9](../02/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a human message … Gods message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also working in you who believe The apostles refer to Gods gospel message figuratively as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 13 z89g writing-pronouns ὃς 1 which is also working in you who believe Here, the pronoun **which** could emphasize **God** or **the word**. Alternate translation: “and God” or “and Gods word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1TH 2 13 z89g writing-pronouns ὃς 1 which is also working in you who believe Here, the pronoun **which** could refer to **God** or **the word**. Alternate translation: “and God” or “and Gods word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1TH 2 13 x7oi figs-yousingular ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to all the believers in God at Thessalonica (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
1TH 2 14 mh8n writing-background 0 became imitators of the churches Verses 14-16 provide background information about how the Thessalonian Church suffered persecutions similar to the Judean Church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 2 14 xopt grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the proof of how Gods message is working among the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “Because” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 14 fy23 figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς 1 Both uses of **you** are used to give special emphasis to the sufferings of the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you personally” or “you yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 14 cj05 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 2 14 ij9j μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε…τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 Here, **imitators** is a noun that can be translated with a verb (See [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “mimicked the churches” or “imitated the churches” or “copied the behavior of the churches”
1TH 2 14 g0t5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively **of the churches of God … in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside **Jesus**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **God** and **Jesus** (See also [1:1](../01/01.md). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 15 a6xd writing-background τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 This is the specific content of the background information about the Jewish persecution of Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 2 15 pgzz figs-synecdoche τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 The whole history of the persecution of Gods people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TH 2 15 pgzz figs-merism τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 The whole history of the persecution of Gods people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TH 2 15 ucaz figs-events τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 This list of those persecuted by the Jews is not chronological, but emphasizes the order of importance and intensity of persecution. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “who have killed the prophets, then the Lord Jesus, and finally persecuted us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1TH 2 15 ihh7 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων; καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων 1 Here, **and** could indicate that the following phrase is the result of Jews persecution. To express and emphasize Gods response toward the Jews persecution, you could begin a new sentence with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “have persecuted us. This is why God is continually displeased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 15 ihh7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων; καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων 1 Here, **and** indicates that the following phrase is the result of Jews persecution. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes.To emphasize Gods response toward the Jews persecution, you could begin a new sentence with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “have persecuted us and are enemies of all people. This is why God is continually displeased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 15 tfc4 figs-parallelism καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 1 These two phrases mean similar things. These phrases are meant to express how the Jewish persecution of Christians is the same thing as opposing God himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases into one clarifying idea. Alternate translation: “and they make themselves enemies of God by how hostile they are against the Jewish and Gentile churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 15 zkq3 καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 1 This phrase **and {are} hostile to all men** summarizes the present attitude of the Jews toward Christians. In [2:16](../02/16.md), it will list the specifics of this attitude and the consequences that follow.
1TH 2 15 g6q1 figs-possession πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 1 Paul is using the possessive form of **hostile** to describe how the persecutors of the Christian Church are characterized by a hostile attitude. Alternate translation: “characterized by being opposed to all people types” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 15 dmxm figs-ellipsis ἐναντίων 1 Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “are opposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 2 15 pg9u figs-synecdoche πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις 1 Paul refers figuratively to **all men** to mean “all people types” or “the whole human race.” Here, **all men** refers to two parts of humanity represented by Jews and Gentiles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all people types” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TH 2 16 r5fi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα σωθῶσιν 1 Here, **so that they might be saved** is a purpose clause. This clause gives the reason why the Jews are trying to prevent the apostles from preaching the gospel to the Gentiles (See note for “to all men” in [2:15](../02/15.md)). Here, **to speak** expresses the way the Gentiles **might be saved.** This clause could refer to two main ideas: (1) the Jews purposely trying to keep the Gentiles from salvation. Alternate translation: “to hinder the Gentiles from being saved” (2) how the speaking is the purposely meant to save. Alternate translation: “in order that the Gentiles can be saved” or “for the purpose of saving the nations” The clause could also refer to both ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 2 16 iuj9 figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῶσιν 1 Here, **be saved** explains why apostles **speak**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that God saves them when we proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 to always fill up their own sins The apostles speak figuratively of the Jews sins as if they fill a container. The apostles mean that these Jews sin so much and so extremely that they can never escape Gods **wrath**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **to fill up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “causing them to always reach the limit of their sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 16 z5fr grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι 1 This result clause explains what will happen to the Jews for **forbidding** the apostles **to speak to the Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “as a result, God will no longer forgive their many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 16 jzjj figs-pastforfuture ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος. 1 Paul is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. Paul is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. There are two main things this phrase could refer to: (1) final judgment. If the use of the past tense here is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “In fact, final wrath will overtake them” (See also [5:9](../05/09.md) (2) certain judgment. Alternate translation: “Certainly, their punishment has finally arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1TH 2 16 fq9m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 wrath has come upon them in the end **But** is a connecting word used emphatically that can communicate at least two concepts: (1) certainty. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “In fact” (2) contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 16 sprh figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὀργὴ 1 Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **wrath**. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract phrase **the wrath** in another way. Here, **the wrath** emphasizes one of two things: (1) Gods wrath. Alternate translation: “Gods wrath” or “Gods punishment” or “Gods judgment” (2) final wrath (See note at [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “the Final Judgment” or “the Final Punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 17 edb1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡμεῖς δέ, ἀδελφοί 1 brothers The phrase**But we, brothers** expresses that this is a contrasting phrase that switches the attention back to the apostles relationship with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 16 r5fi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα σωθῶσιν 1 This purpose clause gives the reason why the Jews are trying to prevent the apostles from preaching the gospel to the Gentiles. Here, **to speak** expresses the way the Gentiles **might be saved.** This clause could refer to: (1) the Jews purposely trying to keep the Gentiles from salvation. Alternate translation: “to hinder the Gentiles from being saved” (2) how the speaking is for the purpose of saving the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “in order that the Gentiles can be saved” or “for the purpose of saving the nations” The clause could also refer to both ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 to always fill up their own sins Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews sins as if they fill a container. He means that these Jews sin so much and so extremely that they can never escape Gods **wrath**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **to always fill up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “causing them to always reach the limit of their sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 16 z5fr grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι 1 This result clause explains what will happen to the Jews for **forbidding** the apostles **to speak to the Gentiles**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “as a result, God will no longer forgive their many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 16 jzjj figs-pastforfuture ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος. 1 Paul is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. Paul is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If the use of the past tense here is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. This phrase could refer to: (1) final judgment. Alternate translation: “In fact, final wrath will overtake them” (See also [5:9](../05/09.md) (2) certain judgment. Alternate translation: “Certainly, their punishment has finally arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1TH 2 16 fq9m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 wrath has come upon them in the end Paul uses **But** to indicate that what follows is important. Here, **But** could refer to: (1) certainty. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “In fact” (2) contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 16 uwuq figs-abstractnouns ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ 1 wrath has come upon them in the end If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the wrath** in another way. Alternate translation: See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 17 edb1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡμεῖς δέ, ἀδελφοί 1 brothers The phrase **But we, brothers** expresses that this is a contrasting phrase that switches the attention back to the apostles relationship with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 17 m5sf figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 2 17 yhhy figs-explicit ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **having been separated from you** can also mean “having been orphaned from you,” Paul may be revisiting the idea where the apostles affectionately compare themselves to “little children” in [2:7](../02/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since we have been apart from you we feel like orphans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 2 17 lmpu figs-idiom πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας 1 Here, **for the time of an hour** is an idiom that indicates a short time span. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for short time” or “for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 by face, not in heart Here, **heart** represents the apostles concerns, feelings, and affections. Here, **face** represents the “person” or “physical presence”. Though the apostles were not physically present in Thessalonica, they continued to care about and show concern for their relationship with the church there. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by distance, not in feeling” or “in person, not in affection” or “in presence, not in concern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 17 ko8f figs-synecdoche προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 by face, not in heart Similarly, Paul figuratively refers to **face** to mean the whole physical person, and **heart** to mean the whole range of emotions. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in our physical bodies, not in our emotional connection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TH 2 17 yxzu figs-parallelism τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 to see your faces Here, **to see your faces, in much desire** uses similar language to **by face, not in heart**, to create more emphasis of the apostles intense desire to visit the Thessalonian Church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 17 yxzu figs-parallelism τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 to see your faces Here, **to see your faces, in much desire** means the same thing as **by face, not in heart**. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that how much the apostles desire to visit the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 17 jgi2 figs-abstractnouns τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ. 1 to see your faces If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **desire** in another way. It can also be translated as an active phrase. Alternate translation: “deeply desiring to see you in person” or “passionately longing to see your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 17 ot1s figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν 1 to see your faces The phrase **to see your faces** is an idiom meaning **to visit**. Here, it expresses the apostles strong desire to personally visit and share spiritual intimacy with the Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend quality time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 18 zlny grammar-connect-words-phrases διότι 1 to see your faces Here, **For** indicates that what follows is background information for why Paul had not yet visited. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 18 pnw3 figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 to see your faces Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “to go” or “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1TH 2 18 n0jl figs-ellipsis ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος, καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δίς 1 to see your faces In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I Paul personally tried to come twice” or “Indeed, I, Paul tried to go two times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TH 2 18 uqg6 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος 1 to see your faces Here, Paul uses the pronoun **I** and **indeed** to emphasize that he is writer of this letter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 18 uqg6 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος 1 to see your faces Here, Paul uses the pronoun **I** and **indeed** to emphasize that he personally tried to visit the Thessalonian church. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 18 yj0w figs-idiom καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δίς 1 to see your faces Here, the phrase **both once and twice** means repeatedly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “twice” or “many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 18 crv7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 to see your faces What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Paul would visit the Thessalonian Church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but Satan stopped us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 18 uuae figs-explicit καὶ ἐνέκοψεν 1 to see your faces Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **hindered** often means “cut off” or “beat in,” Paul may be stressing the violent nature of Satans obstruction. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “powerfully prevented us” or “violently obstructed us” or “cut off our route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 2 19 j7j5 figs-rquestion 0 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming? Paul uses these rhetorical questions here to emphasize why the apostles want to visit the Thessalonian church. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you are the ones who will make us confident, and joyful, and victoriously boast in the presence of the Lord Jesus when he comes again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1TH 2 19 j7j5 figs-rquestion 0 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming? Paul uses these rhetorical questions here to emphasize why the apostles want to visit the Thessalonian church. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of figuratively as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 19 ulj7 figs-ellipsis τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ 1 our hope … Is it not even you Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For who is our hope or joy or crown of boasting? Isnt it you too”
1TH 2 19 jfak figs-abstractnouns ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you If the abstract nouns **hope** **joy** and **crown** would be misunderstood in your language, you could change the nouns into verb forms. Alternate translation: “Because what makes us hopeful? What causes us to rejoice? What gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 19 ulj7 figs-ellipsis τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ 1 our hope … Is it not even you Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Indeed, what is our hope or joy or crown of boasting? Or is it not it you too”
1TH 2 19 jfak figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of figuratively as if these concepts are the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Here, **crown** refers figuratively to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory, or having competed well. The proof the apostles success will ultimately be displayed at the Second Coming of Christ, if the Thessalonian Church remains faithful to God (See [4:13-5:11](../04/13/.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “reward for victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 19 uvb4 figs-possession στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Paul is using this possessive form to describe either: (1) product of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown that produces boasting” (2) means of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown through which we boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 19 voqz translate-textvariants καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Two ancient manuscripts read “loud shouting” or “celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 2 19 h7gh figs-metonymy ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 crown of boasting Here, **before** refers to location or sphere, used as a substitute for “in front of” or “in the presence of.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus” or “in front of our Lord Jesus” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 19 mksc figs-idiom ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ 1 crown of boasting Here, **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 20 nlbd figs-personification 0 crown of boasting Here, the Thessalonian church is figuratively compared to the abstract concepts of **glory and joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 2 20 l3m0 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 crown of boasting Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 19 mksc figs-idiom ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ 1 crown of boasting Here, **his coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 2 20 l3m0 figs-parallelism ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 1 crown of boasting This verse means the same thing as “our hope or joy or crown of boasting” in [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that he is genuinely pleased with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 20 d8dz figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 crown of boasting Paul uses the word **you** to emphasize how the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness to God brings honor and joy to the apostles. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 20 nlbd figs-personification ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 1 crown of boasting Here, the Thessalonian church is figuratively compared to the abstract concepts of **glory and joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 3<br><br>1. Timothys Visit (3:1-5)<br>* Apostolic concern (3:1-2)<br>* Apostolic encouragement (3:3-5)<br>2. Timothys Report (3:6-13)<br>* Good news (3:6-10)<br>* Apostolic prayer (3:11-13)<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter recounts Timothys visit to Thessalonica. The second part tells about his report to Paul and Silvanus at Athens. Lastly, the apostles offer a prayer on behalf of the Thessalonian Church.<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter, the Apostle Paul uses the phrase “stand firm” in [3:8](../03/08.md) as a metaphor of faithfulness to the Gospel, and “be shaken” in [3:3](../03/03.md)) as the opposite of being faithful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Use a building metaphor, the apostles pray that God will “strengthen the “hearts” of the Thessalonian Church “blameless” (See [3:13](../03/13.md).<br><br>The enemy of Gods people, “Satan” (See [2:18](../02/18.md)) is here called “the tempter” (See [3:5](../03/05.md)).<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Paul uses emotional and extreme language when speaking of his memory of the Thessalonian church. “Enduring it no longer,” the apostles and especially Paul (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)), feel compelled to find out about the spiritual condition of the church. The intensity and duration the apostles prayers is described as “night and day pleading earnestly” (See [3:10](../03/10.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Here, the apostles pray that the Thessalonian Church will be preserved holy when Christ comes again with all his holy ones, or “saints” (See [3:13](../03/13.md).
1TH 3 1 fqe3 grammar-connect-logic-result 0 enduring it no longer If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “We thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone, because we could not restrain ourselves any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 1 fqe3 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι, 1 enduring it no longer If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “We thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone, because we could not restrain ourselves any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 1 zvgz grammar-connect-words-phrases διὸ 1 enduring it no longer Here, **Therefore** indicates a return to the topic of a visit from the apostles (See [2:17-18](../02/17/.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 3 1 amxf figs-hyperbole διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 enduring it no longer This phrase uses extreme exaggeration to express the apostles deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church (See [2:17](../02/17.md)). The word translated **enduring** can also convey the concept of keeping water out of a ship or trying to contain or holding something back. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that communicates anxious longing. Alternate translation: “Thus, since we could not bear to wait any longer” or “Therefore, because we could not ignore these emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TH 3 1 n47x figs-explicit ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι 1 we thought it good to be left behind at Athens alone The assumed knowledge is that **we** and **alone** refer to Paul and Silvanus (and perhaps Timothy), since in [3:2](../03/02.md) it says “we sent Timothy.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Silas and I thought it was good idea to remain alone in Athens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -221,8 +209,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 3 cdaa grammar-collectivenouns εἰς τοῦτο 1 no one be disturbed The word **this** is a singular pronoun that equates **afflictions** with a condition or state of being. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for this very thing” or “for this purpose” or “for this destiny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1TH 3 3 rkx9 figs-explicit κείμεθα 1 we are appointed Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that it is God who **appointed** the apostles for **afflictions**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God appointed us” or “God destined us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 3 3 gla7 figs-exclusive κείμεθα 1 we are appointed Here, **we** refers exclusively to the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 3 4 nm1l writing-background 0 to suffer affliction Paul is giving background information about his previous visit. He encourages the Thessalonian church that he sent Timothy to remind them of what he had already told them about apostolic sufferings. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the last time we visited you, we kept telling you before it happened, We are destined to be afflicted. You are well aware that it happened exactly as we told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 3 4 uqn6 figs-parallelism 0 to suffer affliction This verse contains phrases that are similar to [3:3](../03/03.md). Paul says the same thing twice, but in slightly different ways, to emphasize the apostles desire that none of the Thessalonians would “be disturbed.” Here, **just as you also know** parallels “For you yourselves know”, and **we were about to suffer affliction** parallels “these afflictions … for this we are appointed”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 3 4 nm1l writing-background καὶ γὰρ ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦμεν, προελέγομεν ὑμῖν ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐγένετο καὶ οἴδατε. 1 to suffer affliction Paul is giving background information about his previous visit. He encourages the Thessalonian church that he sent Timothy to remind them of what he had already told them about apostolic sufferings. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the last time we visited you, we kept telling you before it happened, We are destined to be afflicted. You are well aware that it happened exactly as we told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 3 4 wo6q figs-exclusive ἦμεν 1 to suffer affliction Here, **we** is exclusive of the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 3 4 w95u grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 to suffer affliction Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains and emphasizes what the Thessalonian already know about the apostles afflictions. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 3 4 wuco figs-quotations προελέγομεν ὑμῖν ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι 1 to suffer affliction Here, **that** could either express emphasis or be a quotation marker of what the apostles said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “we kept telling you ahead of time, We are destined to endure distress.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@ -247,89 +234,76 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 6 e6kx figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **memories** in another way. Alternate translation: “and how you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 7 dpij grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο παρεκλήθημεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 brothers This phrase is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of the Timothys good news in [3:6])../03/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers in Christ, as a result of Timothys good news about you, God consoled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-hendiadys ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **distress** describes the **affliction**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Here, this phrase emphasizes how much and how intensely the apostles were persecuted. Alternate translation: “in all our abusive affliction” or “in all our violent suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 3 7 e96u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind this abstract noun phrase in another way. Here, it could refer to a few things: (1) time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 7 e96u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind this abstract noun phrase in another way. Here, it could refer to: (1) time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 8 utk3 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus, we are now refreshed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 7 k54j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν πίστεως 1 because of your faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “because you remain faithful to God” or “through your faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 8 y1vb figs-hyperbole ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν 1 we live Here, **For now we live** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how thankful he is that the Thessalonians **stand firm** in the Christian faith (See [3:7](../03/07.md)). Paul is not trying to say that he was dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows thankfulness. Alternate translation (replace the comma): “O how we are now refreshed!” or “O how we now feel alive!” or “Certainly now we thrive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TH 3 8 x4zn figs-idiom ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Here, the term **stand firm** is an idiom meaning “remain faithful.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when you remain faithful to the Lord” or “if you continue unwavering in your relationship with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 8 utk3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus, we are refreshed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 8 zbyo grammar-connect-words-phrases ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord The word translated **if** could also refer to: (1) Cause. Alternate translation: “since you are standing firm in the Lord Jesus” (2) Time. Alternate translation: “whenever you remain devoted to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 3 8 zbyo grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1TH 3 8 hk91 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as though they were occupying space inside the Lord Jesus. Here, this metaphor could express these ideas: (1) devotion to Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are really devoted to the Lord Jesus” (2) relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are truly standing firm in your relationship with the Lord Jesus” (3) union with Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of you are firmly united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 8 e3pe figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize his joy for the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternative translation: “indeed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 3 9 pzq7 figs-rquestion τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 For what thanks are we able to give back to God concerning you, for all the joy in which we rejoice before our God because of you, This is the beginning of a rhetorical question that continues to the end of the next verse. It can be expressed as a statement, but it will be necessary to change the question mark to a period or exclamation point at the end of [3:10](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1TH 3 9 pdc5 figs-metaphor τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν 1 before our God The apostles speak of giving **thanks … concerning you** using the metaphor of owing God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian Churchs faithfulness (See UST). Alternate translation: “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving could we give in place of you to repay our debt to God” or “In fact, how could we give enough thanks for you to repay God” or “Because, how could we possibly show our gratitude to God about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 9 r1mc figs-parallelism ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 before our God This phrasing is a parallel to [3:7](../03/07.md). In the same way the apostles found comfort “in all … distress and affliction” because of the Thessalonian Churchs faithfulness to God, so here the apostles have **all the joy … because of** the Thessalonian Church “stands firm in the Lord” (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 3 9 j6pj grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God This phrase is a result clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God The apostles speak of their prayers to God as if being in his personal presence (See [3:10](../03/10.md)). If it is clearer in your language, you could change this into a verb form (See UST). Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” or “right in front of our God” or “before the face of our God” or “when we pray to our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 9 h0tx translate-textvariants Θεῷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before our God Some ancient manuscripts replace the two uses of **God** with “Lord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 3 10 k71n figs-hyperbole νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ δεόμενοι 1 earnestly This emphatic phrase indicates hyperbole. The phrase **night and day** expresses the continual nature of their prayers. This word translated **earnestly** literally means “super excessively.” The verb form **pleading** indicates a constant or repeated activity. You could highlight this in your translation if your language has a way to communicate this expression. Alternate translation: “we never stopped intensely begging” or “we kept passionately pleading and pleading” or “we continually and fervently prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TH 3 10 nv4k figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 earnestly **night and day** is merism, expressing that the apostles were **pleading** constantly, by referring to the end parts of the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to see your face **to see your face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 10 s0xz figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to see your face **your face** also expresses a synecdoche referring to the whole Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TH 3 10 e5fh figs-abstractnouns καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 to see your face If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract phrase **what {is} lacking in your faith**,” into verb form (See [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 11 tet9 grammar-connect-words-phrases αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν, καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς, κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 General Information: Here, **But**, and the verb form **may … direct**, indicate that this verse is the beginning of an apostolic prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 3 11 mc2m figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 may our God and Father … direct **himself** is a reflexive pronoun, used for emphasis and to distinguish **our God and Father**, from **God** the Son, **our Lord Jesus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 3 11 xi8f figs-possession ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord This phrase uses the genitive form. Here, **our God and Father** indicates that **God** and **Father** are the same Divine Person. **Father** also describes **God** as distinct from **our Lord Jesus** who is also **God**. Alternate translation: “God our Father.” (See your translation at [1:3](../01/03.md)).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 3 9 pzq7 figs-rquestion τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν. 1 For what thanks are we able to give back to God concerning you, for all the joy in which we rejoice before our God because of you, Paul is using a rhetorical question that continues to the end of [3:10](../03/10.md) in order to emphasize the apostles thankful joy for the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness to God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1TH 3 9 pdc5 figs-metaphor τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν 1 before our God With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving could we give in exchange for you to repay our debt to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1TH 3 9 j6pj grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br>
1TH 3 9 u00t figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν 1 before our God These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy the apostles have because of the Thessalonian churchs faithfulness to God. Alternate translation: “for how much we greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br>
1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-idiom χαίρομεν…ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God Here, **before our God** is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we rejoice in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 10 k71n figs-hyperbole νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ δεόμενοι 1 earnestly This emphatic phrase is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how much and often the apostles pray for the Thessalonian church. Paul does not mean to say he never does anything else except pray. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we never stop intensely pleading” or “we continually and fervently praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br>
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to see your face Here, the phrase **to see your face** is an idiom meaning “visit.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 10 s0xz figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to see your face Paul refers figuratively to **your face** to mean the whole Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TH 3 10 e5fh figs-abstractnouns καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 to see your face If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See also [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 11 tet9 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ…κατευθύναι 1 General Information: Here, **But…may…direct** indicate that this verse is the beginning of a prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 3 11 mc2m figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 may our God and Father … direct Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])<br>
1TH 3 11 f3wh figs-hendiadys ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the apostles, the Thessalonian Churchand by extensionthe whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 may … direct our way to you Here, the apostles refer to God as if he was a pilot or captain of a ship. This is to express their desire for the God and Jesus to permit them to visit the Thessalonian Church again. The word translated **direct** indicates a longing or wishing, and carries the idea of “rushing along at a good pace.” Alternate translation: “may … make our road straight” or “to direct our voyage so that we can visit you” or “O that … would quickly bring us to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 12 qgsr ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας, καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς; 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love The verbal form expressing “longing” or “wishing” found in [3:11](../03/11.md) continues. Alternative translation: “O that the Lord would allow your love for one another and all people to completely flourish, in the same way we love you!” or “O that the Lord would give you a totally thriving love for each and every personlike we love you!” or “O that the Lord would cause you to love each and every person as we love youincreasing more and more!
1TH 3 12 nf7l figs-abstractnouns ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love If it is clearer in your language, you could change the abstract noun phrase **in love** to a verb form. Alternate translation: “O that the Lord would cause you to love more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]
1TH 3 12 o80n figs-metaphor τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here **love** is spoken of as something that can be quantified or measured. Alternate translation: “lovingly increase and abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 12 qonz figs-explicit ὁ Κύριος 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love It is assumed that the **Lord** refers to Jesus (See [3:11](../03/11.md)). If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 3 12 f4ma figs-doublet πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love The two verbs **increase and abound** are a doublet, indicating emphasis by combining two synonymous words. Alternate translation: “totally thrive” or “completely flourish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 3 12 ofl2 figs-merism εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here merism is used as a way to emphasize the whole human race. Altenrate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TH 3 12 dm6c καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian Church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Alternate translation: “exactly as we love you” or “in the same way we love you”
1TH 3 13 ms8t figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus If it is clearer in your language, you could translate this abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord establishes you with innocent affections that are appropriate for those who belong to him” or “so that the Lord will strengthen and innocently set your wills apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless Here,**strengthen your heart** is a metaphor comparing the human will or affections to a building that can be established or supported. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 13 taws grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless This could be translated as a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will build up your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 3 13 wu3s grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless This could be translated as a result clause. Alternate translation: “then the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “with the result that the Lord will build up your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 3 13 jev8 figs-doublet ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This phrase is likely indicating a doublet that refers to: (1) Means/Instrument. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (2) Cause. Alternate translation: “blameless because of holiness” (3) Condition. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (4) Relation. Alternate translation: “blameless with those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 3 13 p12j figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” or “right in front of God our Father” or “before the face of God our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 13 vnsi figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This is a reference to the Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). The assumption is that these **saints** are the same as “those who have fallen asleep” [4:14](../04/14.md). Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 3 13 ytqg figs-idiom ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [2:19](../02/19.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). It literally means, “presence” or “being with or near.” Here, **coming** expresses “presence,” so the emphasis is on the lasting presence of the Lord Jesus (see also Matthew 24). The definite article **the** indicates either the one and only Coming of the Lord, or the well-known Coming of the Lord. This exact phrase, **at the coming of our Lord Jesus**, is only used elsewhere in the NT at [4:15](../04/15.md); [5:23](../05/23.md) and [2 Peter 1:16](../2pe/05/23.md). Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 13 slaw grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἐν 2 at the coming of our Lord Jesus The parallel phrases **before our God and Father** and **at the coming** indicate that these are simultaneous events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 may … direct our way to you Paul speaks figuratively about God as if he was a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **may … direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “O that … would quickly bring us to you!” or “to direct our voyage so that we can visit you” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 12 o80n figs-metaphor τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “lovingly increase and abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1TH 3 12 f4ma figs-doublet πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “completely excel” or “fully thrive” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 3 12 ofl2 figs-merism εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul speaks figuratively, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TH 3 12 dm6c καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way we love you”
1TH 3 13 ms8t figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract noun phrases in another way. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord establishes you with innocent affections that are appropriate for those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1TH 3 13 taws grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian churchs love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])<br>
1TH 3 13 jev8 figs-doublet ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) means of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) <br>
1TH 3 13 p12j figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This phrase an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 13 vnsi figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This is a reference to the Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). The implication is that these **saints** are all those **who are blameless in holiness** who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 3 13 ytqg figs-idiom ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19](../02/19.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
1TH 3 13 py9f translate-textvariants ἀμήν 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Many ancient manuscripts omit this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address this topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian Church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and to continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own businesss, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian Church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Historically, there has been one teaching on the Second Coming of Christ. As the Nicene Creed of 381 states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. This is what [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md) unequivocally refers to. Here, “the coming of the Lord” and the “day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md) are the same event, as is clear from the context. One confusion stems from the fact that novel and heterodox interpretations have become popularized. Prior to the mid-1800s there was no other view in any denomination of the Church. Another confusion comes from the reliance on modern chapter headings that often confuse readers about when and where subject matter changes. The original text of 1 Thessalonians had no chapter or verse markings, so it would have been more obvious to an ancient reader that chapter four and five are talking about the same event.
1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers This phrase could express the idea of: (1) Summary. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” or (2) Remainder. “So then, here is what remains to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 1 wk39 figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Throughout this letter, **brothers** is an idiom meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 4 1 la8p figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you **beg and exhort** convey similar ideas, and are used for double emphasis. Alternate translation: “we are begging and urging you” or “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we are strongly appealing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 4 1 foeh figs-idiom ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 we beg and exhort you Here, the idiom **in the Lord Jesus** refers to the apostles source of authority. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 4 1 le21 figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ, καθὼς παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν, τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε), ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον 1 you received from us The passive verb phrase **you received from us** combined with **how it is necessary** and the mention of “commands” in [4:2](../04/02/.md) indicate that **you received from us** can be read as a command. If it is clearer in your language, you could divide these phrases into two or three active sentences (See UST). Alternate translation: “Jesus! Continue to apply what we taught you about how important it is for you to keep living to please God. Then you will grow more and more faithful”
1TH 4 1 iij6 figs-activepassive παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 you received from us If it is clearer in your language, you could change the passive verb phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “we taught you” or “we instructed you” or “we commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk **walk** is a common biblical metaphor that can mean “live” (Also [2:12](../02/12.md)). The phrase translated **it is necessary** conveys the idea of “being bound or tied.” Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 1 ckii figs-hendiadys τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε) 1 it is necessary for you to walk **to walk and to please** expresses a hendiadys. The following summarizing repetition of the verb **you are walking** indicates that **walk** and **please** are synonyms. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 4 1 eoen grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον 1 it is necessary for you to walk This could be a result clause. Alternate translation: “then you can excel more and more” or “then you will thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 1 q937 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον 1 it is necessary for you to walk This could be a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 4 2 oyu3 grammar-connect-time-background οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus This verse gives background information about the content of the apostles teachings, during the previous visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1TH 4 2 dg4p grammar-connect-logic-result οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus This verse expresses why the Thessalonians should listen to the apostles teachings. Alternate translation: “Because you recognize that the Lord Jesus commanded you through what we taught” or “Since you are aware that when we gave commands it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 2 ebjm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 through the Lord Jesus **For** is a connecting word that alerts the Thessalonian Church to pay attention to what is said next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus The **commands** that the apostles gave the Thessalonian Church are expressed as if they came directly from **Jesus**. **Jesus** is not to be seen as a messenger of the apostles, but the apostles are messengers bringing the **commands** of **Jesus**. In fact, the word translated **commands** literally means “messages from.” Alternate translation: “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” or “through a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 3 ycsw figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 3 vnp0 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality **this** is a collective singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Alternate translation: “In fact, this is Gods will” or “Certainly, this very thing is Gods will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1TH 4 3 lit4 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality This phrase indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the “commands … through the Lord Jesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 3 mw4j figs-litany ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, begins a list spanning from [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 4 3 lgac grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **sexual immorality** is contrasted with **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “to refrain from sexually immoral acts” or “to hold yourself back from sexually immorality activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 4 3 lhxi figs-imperative ἀπέχεσθαι 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality The following list of verb forms could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb form is likely meant to express a strong suggestion. Alternate translation: “you must refrain” or “so you should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) summary of the apostles teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” or (2) remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we are strongly urging to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br>
1TH 4 1 foeh figs-idiom ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 we beg and exhort you Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a kings authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 1 ckii figs-hendiadys τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε) 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])<br>
1TH 4 1 q937 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον 1 it is necessary for you to walk This phrase could introduce a purpose clause. Paul could be stating the purpose for which apostles are begging and exhorting the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 4 2 oyu3 grammar-connect-time-background 0 through the Lord Jesus Paul is providing this background information about the apostles teachings during their previous visit to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])<br>
1TH 4 2 dg4p grammar-connect-logic-result οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because you recognize that the Lord Jesus commanded you through what we taught” or “Since you are aware that when we gave commands it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 2 ebjm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 through the Lord Jesus Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally spoke them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” or “through a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 3 ycsw figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification** in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 3 vnp0 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact, this is Gods will” or “Certainly, this very thing is Gods will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1TH 4 3 lit4 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the “commands … through the Lord Jesus” in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language that indicates the beginning of new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 3 mw4j figs-litany ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, begins a list spanning from [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 4 3 lgac grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **sexual immorality** is contrasted with **sanctification**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “to refrain from sexually immoral acts” or “to hold yourself back from sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])<br>
1TH 4 3 lhxi figs-imperative ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality The following list of verb forms in [4:3-6](../04/3.md) could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb forms are likely meant to express a strong suggestion or appeal. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “you yourselves must refrain” or “so you should withhold yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 4 3 le7j translate-textvariants τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Some ancient manuscripts read “all **sexual immorality**” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 4 4 ox95 figs-abstractnouns εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, 1 to know to possess his own vessel If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “each husband must only have sexual knowledge of his own wife, by treating her like she belongs to God and by honoring her” or “each man should know how to practice self-control by setting apart and honoring his own body” or (See UST for two separate sentences)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 4 zis1 figs-abstractnouns εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, 1 to know to possess his own vessel If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase into two active sentences (See UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 4 vhbp figs-euphemism εἰδέναι…κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel **to know … to possess** is a euphemism for sexual intimacy or knowledge (See previous note for an alternate translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1TH 4 4 f4ux figs-metaphor τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor or idiom that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. It could refer to: (1) A husbands own body. Alternate translation: “to practice self-control with his own body” or “to control his own body” (2) His wifes body. Alternate translation: “to hold onto his wifes body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 4 f4ux figs-metaphor τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor or idiom that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. It could refer to: (1) a husbands own body. Alternate translation: “to practice self-control with his own body” or “to control his own body” (2) his wifes body. Alternate translation: “to hold onto his wifes body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 4 fk6n figs-nominaladj ἕκαστον 1 to know to possess his own vessel This nominal adjective is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 4 4 arkf figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῦ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This reflexive pronoun further emphasizes the necessity of “sanctification” [4:3](../04/03.md), that the **vessel** belongs to the husband or man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 4 4 ihqe figs-hendiadys ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This phrase is a hendiadys. Alternate translation: “by sanctifying and honoring his body” or “by sanctifying and honoring her body” or “by honorably setting it apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 4 4 nppk ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This phrase could also refer to: (1) Condition. Alternate translation: “in the condition of holiness and honor” or “in a state of holiness and honor” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “with holiness and honor” (3) Means. Alternate translation: “through holiness and honor”
1TH 4 5 y9g2 figs-parallelism μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας, καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν 1 in the passion of lust This verse expresses a contrasting parallelism. **in the passion of lust** contrasts “in holiness and honor”. **each of you to know** contrasts “the Gentiles who do not know”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 4 5 utvd figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase into an active form (See UST), Alternate translation: “You must not passionately lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 5 x2t7 μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust Like the previous phrase, this could refer to: (1) Condition. Alternate translation: “in the condition of lustful passion” or “in a state of passionate lust” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “with lustful passion” (3) Means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion”
1TH 4 5 vjej figs-possession πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust This genitive phrase could refer to: (1) Attribute. Alternate translation: “lustful passion” (2) Source. Alternate translation: “from lustful passion” or “from desires passion” (3) Object. Alternate translation: “passion that leads to lust” (4) Means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 4 5 x2t7 μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust Like the previous phrase, this could refer to: (1) condition. Alternate translation: “in the condition of lustful passion” or “in a state of passionate lust” (2) association. Alternate translation: “with lustful passion” (3) means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion”
1TH 4 5 vjej figs-possession πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust This genitive phrase could refer to: (1) attribute. Alternate translation: “lustful passion” (2) source. Alternate translation: “from lustful passion” or “from desires passion” (3) object. Alternate translation: “passion that leads to lust” (4) means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 4 5 nrmz figs-distinguish καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν 1 in the passion of lust This emphatic clause is meant to inform. **who do not know** indicates a past state of being that continues. **God** indicates “the one true **God**” or “the only **God**”. Alternate translation: “the nations who remain ignorant of God act like this” or “this is the way those nations live, who continually refuse to give recognition to God” or “exactly like all the people who have no relationship with God” or “this is exactly the way the Gentiles, who have never known God, live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 5 tz8o figs-genericnoun τὰ ἔθνη 1 in the passion of lust Here, **the Gentiles** is a generic noun that refers to all non-Christians (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). Alternate translation: “all those nations” or “all the people” or “the pagan nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1TH 4 6 wmb6 figs-parallelism τὸ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a parallel clause that strongly repeats the prohibitive “not” concept found in [4:5](../04/05.md). Alternate translation: “no one should offend and take advantage of” or “no one must violate and exploit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong The words translated **transgress and wrong** are a superlative doublet. The word translated **transgress** can mean “to overstep.” The word translated **wrong** can mean “possess more.” Here it conveys the nuance of “claiming what does not belong to someone,” or “to take advantage of.” The idea is that no one is permitted to violate or cross over the bounds of lawful marital relations, by taking what belongs to another man. Alternate translation: “trespass against and claim what belongs to” or “violate and exploit” or “transgress and take advantage of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 4 6 ckez figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord is an avenger Here, **in this matter** uses a business metaphor to speak of sexual immorality [4:3](../04/03.md). The idea is that no one should intrude in the marital relationship of another **brother** or “fellow Christian.” Alternate translation: “in the marital matters of his fellow Christian” or “in the marriage relationship of another Christian” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 6 q7bf grammar-connect-logic-result διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 the Lord is an avenger This clause gives the final result of those who live “in the passion of lust” [4:5](../04/05.md). This could refer to: (1) The sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord will punish all those people” (2) All the matters spoken of in verses 3-6. Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord will avenge for all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 6 q7bf grammar-connect-logic-result διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 the Lord is an avenger This clause gives the final result of those who live “in the passion of lust” [4:5](../04/05.md). This could refer to: (1) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord will punish all those people” (2) all the matters spoken of in [1:3-6](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord will avenge for all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 6 p80j figs-abstractnouns ἔκδικος 1 the Lord is an avenger If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun into a verb form. Alternate translation: “is a punisher” or “is a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 6 r9n4 figs-metaphor ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This is a metaphorical title used of God throughout the Old Testament (See Judith 9:2 for a similar use in relational to sexual immorality). **avenger** literally means “judge from.” Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus will avenge” or “the Lord Jesus will punish” or “the Lord Jesus will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 6 jitm figs-explicit Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger The assumed knowledge here is that **Lord** refers to “Jesus” (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -338,7 +312,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 7 qx6y figs-abstractnouns οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us This verse parallels [4:4](../04/04.md). If it is clearer in your language, you could change these abstract nouns into verb forms, the double negatives to positive statements, and the reorder the clauses. Alternate translation: “God called us, so we must purify and set ourselves apart like those who belong to God” or “We must not live impurely or act unholy, because God did not call us as his people for this purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness The double negative is used as a strong prohibition against sexual immorality [4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Because God did not summon us for impurity, but into sanctification”. You could also state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Because God called us to be pure and holy” or “Certainly God summoned us to pure and holy living” or “Indeed, God invited us to become pure and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TH 4 7 ie7g ἐκάλεσεν 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness The word translated **called** can also refer to simple statement of fact or summarizing act. Alternate translation: “summons” or “beckons” or “invites”
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 God did not call us Here “us” is inclusive, referring to the apostles, the Thessalonian Church, and by extension all Christians (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 God did not call us Here “us” is inclusive, referring to the apostles, the Thessalonian Church, and by extension all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 7 qli0 ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us The prepositions translated **to** and **in** can refer to: (1) Disadvantage and advantage. Alternate translation: “for the sake of … for the sake of” (2) Purpose and rule. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … to conform to” (3) Basis and association. Alternate translation: “on the basis of … in association with” (4) Destination. Alternate translation: “to lead to … leading to” (5) Means. Alternate translation: “through … through”
1TH 4 8 zdsc figs-parallelism τοιγαροῦν ὁ ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν διδόντα τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ τὸ Ἅγιον εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the one rejecting this This verse parallels some of the concepts found in [4:7](../04/07.md). The words translated **Therefore** and “For” have the same root. **the one rejecting** and **rejects** parallel “uncleanness.” **Holy Spirit** parallels “in holiness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 4 8 mn5y grammar-connect-words-phrases τοιγαροῦν 1 the one rejecting this This triply emphatic connecting word is meant to mark the end of this section prohibiting sexual immorality. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention” or “So then, you must realize” or “It is absolutely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -383,15 +357,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 13 f9eq figs-explicit οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest Here, it is assumed that **hope** refers to resurrection salvation (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)), and was previously associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “who possess no hope of life after death” or “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” or “who do not have confidence in the future promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 4 14 j09o grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη 1 if we believe This clause frames the apostles argument as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they actually mean that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think what the apostles are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly believe that Jesus died and resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1TH 4 14 hmw4 figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη 1 if we believe Here, it is assumed that the Thessalonian Church knows that**Jesus died and rose again** is the main content of the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Though, **we believe** could be inclusive of the Thessalonian Church (and by extension all Christians), it is most likely exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. The previous use in [3:11](../03/11.md) and subsequent uses (See “we say” in [4:15](../04/15.md)) are clearly referring to the apostles. It mostly likely is a reference to their authoritative teaching. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Though, **we believe** could be inclusive of the Thessalonian church (and by extension all Christians), it is most likely exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. The previous use in [4:11](../04/11.md) and subsequent uses (See “we say” in [4:15](../04/15.md)) are clearly referring to the apostles. Here, it mostly likely is a reference to their authoritative teaching. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 14 kmk2 grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως καὶ ὁ Θεὸς 1 rose again This phrase could express at least two things: (1) Manner. Alternate translation: “this is the way God” or “this is how God” (2) Result. Alternate translation: “then God will also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 4 14 m1fy figs-possession καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ 1 rose again This genitive phrase **through Jesus** could refer to: (1) Those who are only temporarily dead through/associated with/in union with Jesus resurrection power. Alternate translation: “God … those who through Jesus are asleep” or “God … those who are asleep in Jesus” (2) It is through Jesus that God will bring them back again. Alternate translation: “through Jesus, God will also bring those who sleep along with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 4 14 m1fy figs-possession καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ 1 rose again Here, **through Jesus** could refer to: (1) those who are only temporarily dead through/associated with/in union with Jesus resurrection power. Alternate translation: “God … those who through Jesus are asleep” or “God … those who are asleep in Jesus” (2) it is through Jesus that God will bring them back again. Alternate translation: “through Jesus, God will also bring those who sleep along with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 4 14 b3gs figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς…τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 rose again The assumed knowledge is that **God** is equated with Father, and he is one who sends the Son **Jesus** back to earth at the Second Coming. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this distinction explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father … his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 4 14 tjqj figs-rpronouns αὐτῷ 1 rose again This is a reflexive pronoun that refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 4 15 vvda grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῖν λέγομεν ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord This clause indicates a strong emphasis in form and content (See [1:8](../01/08.md) for **the word of the Lord**). Alternate translation: “Certainly, what we now say to you is the Lords message” or “In fact, what we are saying is from the Lord himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” It could refer to: (1) Means of the message. Alternate translation: “with the Lords message” (2) Authority of the message. “with the authorization of the Lord” or “is the Lords message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” It could refer to: (1) means of the message. Alternate translation: “with the Lords message” (2) authority of the message. “with the authorization of the Lord” or “is the Lords message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 4 15 gbe1 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 by the word of the Lord This connecting word indicates that what follows is the content of **the word of the Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 15 fdwk figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 by the word of the Lord Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note at [4:14](../04/14.md)), the universal content of the following section, implies that this is inclusive of all Christians. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 15 fdwk figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 by the word of the Lord Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note at [4:14](../04/14.md)), the universal content of the following section, implies that this is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 15 hdlr figs-distinguish οἱ περιλειπόμενοι 1 by the word of the Lord The relative clause **who are left behind** refers to **we who are alive**. Alternate translation: “who survive” or “who are remain around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 15 b786 figs-idiom εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [3:13](../03/13.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). It literally means, “presence” or “being with or near.” Here, **coming** expresses “presence,” so the emphasis is on the lasting presence of the Lord Jesus (see also Matthew 24). The definite article **the** indicates either the one and only Coming of the Lord, or the well-known Coming of the Lord. The word translated **until** could indicate: (1) Duration. Alternate translation: “until the Lord returns” or “until the second coming of the Lord” (2) Event. Alternate translation: “at the coming of our Lord Jesus” or “at the arrival of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 4 15 byit figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord It is assumed that the **Lord** refers to Jesus (See [4:1](../04/01.md)). If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -410,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 16 wboi figs-parallelism ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the dead in Christ will rise first **in Christ** is another reference to the important concept of union with Christ or God (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). This is also a parallel phrase to “those who are asleep through Jesus” in [4:14](../04/14.md). Alternate translation: “united to Christ” or “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 4 16 offz translate-textvariants πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first Some ancient manuscripts read “**the first** ones” referring to **the dead**, not the timing of resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 4 17 ay13 figs-parallelism ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες, οἱ περιλειπόμενοι 1 we who are alive **who are alive, who are left behind** is a parallel reference to [4:15](../04/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section, implies that all Christians are in view. It also implies that the apostles assumed Second Coming would happen in their lifetime. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section, implies that all Christians are in view. It also implies that the apostles assumed Second Coming would happen in their lifetime. Your language may require you to mark these forms(See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 17 otiq grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 we who are alive **together with them** could indicate three things: (1) Simultaneous event. Alternate translation: “with them at the same time” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “along with them” (3) Both event and association. Alternate translation: “at the same time together with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1TH 4 17 wvi8 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to the resurrected dead who are united to Christ. Alternate translation: “the resurrected dead who are united to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1TH 4 17 m3gb writing-background ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 with them This phrase indicates a reference to the words of the angels at Jesus Ascension in Acts 1:9-11, as a fulfillment of the prophecy of Daniel 7:13-14. Alternate translation: “we will be snatched up on clouds to encounter the Lord Jesus in the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -452,7 +426,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day **sons of the light and sons of the day** are metaphors for prepared Christians who will be saved (See [5:8-9](../05/08.md)). **sons** means “Christians who are characterized by.” **light** and **day** mean “spiritually ready.” This is opposite of those **of the darkness**. See also “those outside” in [4:12](../04/12.md). Alternate translation: “This is because all of you are ready for Christs coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 5 ilv4 grammar-connect-logic-result πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς…ἐστε 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day This reason clause uses an emphatic reflexive pronoun **you** and the inclusive **all** in order to “comfort” the Thessalonians [4:18, 5:11](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly all of you are” or “This is because you are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 We are not of the night nor of the darkness **night** and **darkness** are metaphors for “ignorant,” “unprepared,” or “sin” (See [5:4](../05/04.md). Alternate translation: “We are not characterized by spiritual ignorance” or “We are not unprepared like those who live in the darkness, like those at night” or “we do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 5 kq0x figs-exclusive ἐσμὲν 1 We are not of the night nor of the darkness **we** is inclusive of all Christians in [5:5-5:10](../05/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 5 kq0x figs-exclusive ἐσμὲν 1 We are not of the night nor of the darkness Here, **we** is inclusive of all Christians in [5:5-5:10](../05/05.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 6 paqf grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα οὖν 1 we might keep watch and be sober This phrase indicates as strong emphatic reason clause. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why,” or “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 we might keep watch and be sober Here, **sleep** is used as a metaphor for “unprepared” or “unaware” (See note at [5:4](../05/04.md)). **the rest** refers to non-Christians: “those outside” in [4:12](../04/12.md), those “in darkness” in [5:4](../05/04.md), those “of the night and of the darkness” in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “we must not remain spiritually unaware like the rest of humanity” or “let us not be like others, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 6 on3d μὴ καθεύδωμεν…γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might keep watch and be sober Here, the verb forms **sleep**, **keep watch**, and **be sober** can be translated in three main ways: (1) Commands. Alternate translation: “we must not sleep … we must keep watch and be sober” (2) Suggestions/Obligations. Alternate translation: “we should not sleep … we should keep watch and we should be sober” (3) Appeals. Alternate translation: “let us not sleep … let us keep watch and let us be sober”
@ -465,13 +439,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 8 wh3g grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες, νήφωμεν 1 we, being of the day This contrasting clause concludes this sections main theme of **day** (See first note at [5:2](../05/02.md) and emphasizes the previous term **sober** [5:6](../05/06.md) as a contrast to “getting drunk.” Alternate translation: However, since we are ready for Christs coming, we must stay prepared” or “Instead, because we are ready, let us remain aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 8 i8j1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 might stay sober Here, **we** is inclusive of all Christians (See note at [4:17, 5:5](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 8 iv63 νήφωμεν 1 we, being of the day This verb can be translated in three main ways (see your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md): (1) command. Alternate translation: “we must remain sober” (2) strong suggestion/obligation. Alternate translation: “we should remain sober” (3) appeal. Alternate translation: “let us remain sober”
1TH 5 8 jqqo figs-metaphor ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we, being of the day **being of the day** could refer to: (1) Belonging. Alternate translation: “belong to Christ” or “are part of those who are ready for Christs coming” (2) Character. (See your translation at [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because all of you are ready for Christs coming” or “Certainly none of you are characterized by ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 jqqo figs-metaphor ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we, being of the day **being of the day** could refer to: (1) belonging. Alternate translation: “belong to Christ” or “are part of those who are ready for Christs coming” (2) character. (See your translation at [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because all of you are ready for Christs coming” or “Certainly none of you are characterized by ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love The military metaphor of **breastplate** and **helmet** reinforces that **sober** refers to readiness. As a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so the Christian must prepare himself for the Second Coming of Christ with spiritual protection (See also Ephesians 6:10-18,23). Alternate translation: “having equipped ourselves with faithfulness and love, like a soldier wears a breastplate; and having put on the confidence of salvation, like a helmet” or “by arming ourselves with faithful love, as with a breastplate; and salvations confident assurance, as with a helmet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 l89q figs-possession πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Here is a reference to three things that “remain: faith, hope, love” (See 1 Corinthians 13:13). These genitive phrases **of faith and of love … of salvation** can refer to: (1) means. Alternate translation: “through faith … love … salvation” (2) source. Alternate translation: “that comes from faith … that comes from love … that comes from salvation” (3) association. Alternate translation: “associated with faith … love … salvation” or “that is characterized by faith … love … salvation” (4) attribute. Alternate translation: “of faithful love … salvations hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 5 9 sgu8 figs-parallelism ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 whether we might be awake or asleep To emphasize the contrast of this parallelism, you could convert these clauses into two sentences. Alternate translation: “Because God did not destine us for wrath. Actually, God destined that our Lord Jesus Christ would preserve and save us.” or “Certainly, God did not determine to punish us. Instead, he determined that our Lord Jesus Christ would protect and save us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 5 9 lrx6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **For** signals a reason clause. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 9 h5y2 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **wrath** is an abstract noun referring to Gods future and final Judgment. See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10, 2:16](../01/10/.md). If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “This is because God did not determine that he would judge us” or “Certainly, God did not destine to punish us” (See: [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro.md))(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 5 9 y7bg figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **us** is inclusive of all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 9 y7bg figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **us** is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 9 qmo5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **but** marks the beginning of a contrast clause that emphasizes the impossibility of Gods people experiencing final judgment. Alternate translation: “but actually” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 9 ea58 figs-parallelism εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας 1 whether we might be awake or asleep This clause reinforces the impossibility of Christians experiencing Gods final **wrath**, and parallels the language of [5:8](../05/08.md). This word translated **to obtain** is a noun that literally means “placed around,” echoing the language of “helmet.” So then, **to obtain** and “hope” are parallels describing **salvation** in both verses. Alternate translation: “for possession of salvation” or “for preserving salvation” or “for the protection of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 5 9 qfcf figs-possession περιποίησιν σωτηρίας 1 whether we might be awake or asleep This genitive phrase expresses possession. Alternate translation: “possession of salvation” or “acquiring of salvation” or “preserving of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -500,7 +474,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 13 c966 figs-parallelism καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This verse uses intensified parallelism [5:12](../05/12.md), by adding **highly in love**. **to regard** parallels “to acknowledge,” **because of their work** parallels “laboring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 5 13 jq0o grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of their work for you, we also ask you to regard them highly in love” or “Since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 13 qcw4 καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase uses double emphasis. The word translated **regard** is meant to be a pun for leadership. The apostles are urging the Thessalonian Church “to lead the way” by their “excessive love” for their leaders. Alternate translation: “and to continue to model for them how to abundantly love” or “and to keep showing them the highest honor in love” or “and to lovingly demonstrate the utmost consideration”
1TH 5 13 p6m4 ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase could refer to: (1) Means. Alternate translation: “with love” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “in the communion of love” (3) Basis. Alternate translation: “on the basis of love” or “from love”
1TH 5 13 p6m4 ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase could refer to: (1) means. Alternate translation: “with love” (2) association. Alternate translation: “in the communion of love” (3) basis. Alternate translation: “on the basis of love” or “from love”
1TH 5 13 rqs8 figs-imperative εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here is the first of seventeen final appeals that apostles give the Thessalonian Church in [5:13-26](../05/13.md). **Be at peace** is an imperative, but the previous use of “we ask” in [5:12](../05/12.md) and following use of “we exhort” in [5:14](../05/14.md) communicate polite requests rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. **among yourselves** refers to the Thessalonian Church at its leaders. Alternate translation: “Continue to live at peace with your leaders” or “Reconcile with each other” or (See UST)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 14 tdxa grammar-connect-words-phrases παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase signals the apostles final appeals to the Thessalonian Church. Since there are fourteen commands in this section [5:14-22](../05/14.md), you could use a marker from your language to indicate this final section. Alternate translation: “Now, we urge you, fellow believers in Christ:” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 5 14 qadb figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work See notes at [5:12](../05/12.md) about **brothers**.
@ -511,7 +485,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 15 pe3l figs-merism καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here, **both for one another and for all** is used as a way to emphasize the whole human race (See how you translated this phrase in [3:12](../03/12.md). If **both for one another and for all** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for everyone” or “for each and every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TH 5 16 chw9 figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Rejoice always Here again, **always** could be using a hyperbole to express emphasis. Alternate translation: “constantly” or “habitually” or “make every effort to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TH 5 17 l63i figs-hyperbole ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε 1 Pray without ceasing Here, **without ceasing** could be using a hyperbole to express emphasis. Alternate translation: “Keep praying regularly” or “Continue to habitually pray” or “Be in a prayerful state” or “Retain a prayerful state of mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1TH 5 18 bt5q ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε 1 In everything Here, **in everything** could refer to: (1) Situation/Circumstance. Alternate translation: “In every situation give thanks” or “In every circumstance be thankful” or “No matter what happens offer thanks to God” (2) Time. Alternate translation: “At every time give thanks” or “In every moment be thankful” (3) Both. Alternate translation: “In every situation and moment”
1TH 5 18 bt5q ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε 1 In everything Here, **in everything** could refer to: (1) situation/circumstance. Alternate translation: “In every situation give thanks” or “In every circumstance be thankful” or “No matter what happens offer thanks to God” (2) time. Alternate translation: “At every time give thanks” or “In every moment be thankful” (3) both. Alternate translation: “In every situation and moment”
1TH 5 18 z9gg figs-infostructure ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε 1 In everything give thanks If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Continue to give thanks in everything” or “Keep giving thanks at every time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1TH 5 18 q7gn grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God This is a reason clause. Alternate translation: “Because this is Gods will for you who are united to Christ Jesus” or “Certainly, this very thing is Gods will for you who are in union with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 18 l3sk grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ 1 for this is the will of God **this** emphasizes what **is the will of God**. **this** refers either to **in everything give thanks** or all the commands in [5:14-18](../05/14.md). See your translation of **the will of God** at [4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “In fact, this is Gods will” or “Certainly, this very thing is Gods will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@ -519,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 19 j1ei figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit **quench** is a metaphor comparing the **Spirit** to a breath or wind that can be snuffed out. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” or (See UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 19 sv8r figs-litotes μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit If **do not quench** would be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle the Spirit” or “Keep working along with the Spirit” or “Be fervent in the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1TH 5 19 lqc3 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Do not quench the Spirit The phrase translated **the Spirit** is assumed to refer to “the Holy **Spirit**” (See [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” or “the Spirit of God” or “Gods Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 5 20 iv1n προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies This could refer to: (1) The content of “quench the Spirit.” Alternate translation: “Do not despise prophecies from the Spirit” (2) A separate issue within the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “Do not revile prophecies” or “Do not scorn prophetic messages”
1TH 5 20 iv1n προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies This could refer to: (1) the content of “quench the Spirit.” Alternate translation: “Do not despise prophecies from the Spirit” (2) a separate issue within the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “Do not revile prophecies” or “Do not scorn prophetic messages”
1TH 5 21 wx69 figs-metaphor πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things **all things** refers to “prophecies” [5:20](../05/21.md). (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for the word translated **test** as “approved” used in the same context). Here, **test** is a metaphor comparing “prophecies” to metal tested for purity in a refiners fire. If you have an equivalent metaphor from your culture, you could use it. Alternate translation: “Examine and approve all prophecies” or “Test and examine all prophetic messages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 21 qgay translate-textvariants πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things Many ancient manuscripts add a contrasting “But” at the beginning of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 5 21 n1jv figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things Here, “prophecies” are spoken of as **what {is} good**, compared to objects that someone could hold in his hands. Alternate translation: “Hold on tight to a genuine prophecy from the Spirit” or “Keep only the good prophecies” or “Clutch whatever prophecies are excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -542,7 +516,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 25 qa1c figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 5 25 b7w3 figs-imperative προσεύχεσθε 1 brothers **pray** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please pray” or “We ask you to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 25 i5yv translate-textvariants καὶ 1 brothers Some ancient manuscripts omit “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 5 25 tbhj figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 brothers Here, **us** refers exclusively to the apostles. Your language may require you to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 25 tbhj figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 brothers Here, **us** refers exclusively to the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 26 j46q figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 brothers **Greet** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 26 dwl8 figs-idiom τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας 1 brothers Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian Churchand by extensionall Christians. Alternate translation: “all believers in Christ” or “all Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 5 26 v9iy figs-explicit ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 brothers **a holy kiss** is a reference to a symbolic greeting of Christian affection that the Thessalonian Church would have understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -554,4 +528,4 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 27 ojue translate-textvariants πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Many ancient manuscripts read “**all the** holy **brothers**” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 5 28 ykkr translate-blessing ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This is a blessing formula. You should use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind he is” or “May the favor of the Lord Jesus Christ be among you all” or “I pray that the Lord Jesus Christ will favor all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
1TH 5 28 n8ur figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ always show you how kind he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 5 28 d35d translate-textvariants μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Many ancient manuscripts add “Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 5 28 d35d translate-textvariants μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Many ancient manuscripts add “Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
15 1TH 1 3 w769 figs-possession τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τοῦ κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης, καὶ τῆς ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul uses three pairs of words in a possessive relationship here. The most likely meaning of this possessive relationship is that the second word of each pair is the motivation for the first word of the pair. Alternate translation: “work motivated by faith and labor because of love and endurance based on future promises” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
16 1TH 1 3 kr8q figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The words **hope in our Lord Jesus Christ** is a possessive form. The relationship between **our Lord Jesus Christ** and **hope** could be: (1) Jesus is the object of hope. Alternate translation: “that our Lord Jesus Christ will do what he has promised” (2) Jesus is the source of hope. Alternate translation: “that comes from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
17 1TH 1 3 tvrg figs-hendiadys τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God. Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
18 1TH 1 3 v01e figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessalonian church. All believers are the spiritual children of God the Father through Jesus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive) Here, **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessalonian church. All believers are the spiritual children of God the Father through Jesus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive)
19 1TH 1 4 psc4 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous εἰδότες 1 Here, **knowing** continues the simultaneous description of how the writers of this letter “give thanks” (See UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
20 1TH 1 4 qx5o figs-nominaladj ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase acts as nominal adjective that describes the Thessalonian Church in relational terms. They are spiritual siblings in their relationship with the writers of the letter, and beloved children in their relationship with **God** the Father (See [1:3](../01/03.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
21 1TH 1 4 erb6 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ.” If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
27 1TH 1 5 jxfs grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, **because** is the marker of a result clause. The writers of this letter are certain of the “election” and identity of the Thessalonian Church as God’s people [1:4](../01/04.md), **because** they received the gospel message in all the ways described in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
28 1TH 1 5 ude4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 not in word only The writers of this letter use a contrasting clause to emphasis the multi-faceted effect of the gospel. Alternate translation: “our gospel preaching did not come to you as only a simple message, but even accompanied with power and the Holy Spirit and full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
29 1TH 1 5 sm4j grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 not in word only If it is clearer in your language, you could change this extended phrase to a simultaneous clause, framed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “our gospel message was completely validated: by our words, by a display of power, by the Holy Spirit, by your own full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
30 1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This could mean: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave the apostles the ability to preach the **gospel** powerfully. See UST (2) the **Holy Spirit** caused the preaching of the **gospel** to have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “but also empowered by the Holy Spirit” (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the **gospel** preaching through displays of **power**. Alternate translation: “but also with powerful signs from the Holy Spirit” This refers to: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave the apostles the ability to preach the **gospel** powerfully. See UST (2) the **Holy Spirit** caused the preaching of the **gospel** to have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “but also empowered by the Holy Spirit” (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the **gospel** preaching through displays of **power**. Alternate translation: “but also with powerful signs from the Holy Spirit”
31 1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance Here, **assurance** is an abstract noun. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **assurance** in another way. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gave you full confidence” or “the Holy Spirit fully convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
32 1TH 1 5 wdr7 καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι 1 The phrase **just as you know what kind of men** is used by writers of this letter to validate the gospel message, by the example of their own conduct amongst the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “you even experienced it for yourself” or “you are well aware how we behaved”
33 1TH 1 6 cs49 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε καὶ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 you became imitators If your language would not use a noun for the idea behind **imitators**, you could translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “And all of you mimicked us and the Lord” or “And all of you copied us and the Lord” or “And all of you behaved like us and the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
68 1TH 1 10 ffro figs-idiom ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase translated **the dead** is plural and a common biblical concept that refers to “dead people.” It means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” or “from death” or “from the place where corpses are” or “from the grave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
69 1TH 1 10 dbcl figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦν, τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 The clause **the one rescuing us** is functioning as an adjective that describes Jesus in his role as rescuer. It makes this action of rescuing to be a characteristic of Jesus or even a title: “the rescuer.” Translate this in a way that makes this a description of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, our rescuer” or “Jesus, who rescues us” or “Jesus, the one who is going to rescue us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish)
70 1TH 1 10 yh5s figs-explicit τὸν ῥυόμενον 1 Here, **rescuing** does not mean being taken away from God’s wrath after experiencing it. Instead, it means being taken away from any danger of experiencing God’s wrath. Alternate translation: “the one saving us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
71 1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 the one rescuing us This is an inclusive use of **us**, including Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessalonians–and by extension—all Christians. Alternate translation: “all of us Christians” or “we who trust in Christ” or “all of us believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) This is an inclusive use of **us**, including Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessalonians–and by extension—all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us Christians” or “we who trust in Christ” or “all of us believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
72 1TH 1 10 g3zz figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης 1 Here, **wrath** is an abstract noun referring to the destined **coming** God’s future and final Judgment. If it is clearer in your language, you could translate this as a verb form. Alternate translation: “from the future time when God punishes those who do not trust in him” or “when God will certainly punish those who worship idols” or “from God’s impending judgment” (See: [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro.md))(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
73 1TH 1 10 cx5g figs-metaphor τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **wrath** as though it were something that could travel and is **coming** to where people are. He means by this that in the future, an event will happen when God will act wrathfully against people who have sinned and who have not trusted in Jesus to forgive their sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment that will happen” or “when God will punish people for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74 1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 2<br><br>1. Apostolic Suffering (2:1-13)<br>* Apostolic preaching (2:1-6)<br>* Apostolic conduct (2:7-9)<br>* Apostolic witness (2:10-3)<br>2. Persecution of the Church (2:14-16)<br>* Thessalonian persecution (2:14a)<br>* Jewish persecution (2:14b-16)<br>3. Paul’s Desire to Visit (2:17-20)<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter is a defense of their apostleship and sufferings. They second part is a recounting of the Thessalonian church’s sufferings. Lastly, the Apostle Paul makes known his deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Apostolic Witness<br><br>Here, Paul defends how he, Silvanus, and Timothy are God’s apostles. By their preaching, conduct and witness, they prove to be authorized messengers of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/apostle.md]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### The Gospel of God<br><br>The foundation of the apostolic witness is that they were “entrusted with the gospel” (see [2:4](../02/04.md).The apostles’ authority makes them: “bold to speak” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)), “impart” (See [2:8](../02/08.md)), “preach” (See [2:9](../02/09.md)), and thank God that the Thessalonian church “received the word of God” (See [2:13](../02/13/.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In this chapter is the first mention of the Second Coming of Christ in its two facets. First, Paul mentions that the persecutors of Christ’s Church will be judged by using the phrase “wrath has come upon them” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Next, Paul speaks of the “hope” and “joy” and “glory” for those who will “be saved” (See [2:16](../02/16.md)) “in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming” (See [2:19-20](../02/19.md)).
75 1TH 2 1 ii5j grammar-connect-words-phrases αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί 1 Here, **For you yourselves know, brothers** functions as a chapter transition into the next topic of the apostles’ suffering. You could emphasize this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you are fully aware” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
76 1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε 1 you yourselves know The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 1 f5x2 οἴδατε 1 Here, like the similar phrase in [1:4](../01/04.md), **know** does not refer to simple knowledge. You could make this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “you are aware” or “you are convinced” or “you recognize” or “you realize”
77 1TH 2 1 tdl3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
78 1TH 2 1 r14z figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
79 1TH 2 1 nwlt figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles’ previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
80 1TH 2 1 g6qq figs-exclusive τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν…ὅτι 1 our coming Here **our** is exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy–but not the Thessalonian Church (See [1:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “when we apostles came” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
81 1TH 2 1 w584 figs-litotes οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν 1 has not been in vain Here, **not … in vain** a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. There are two main options to indicate the double negative: (1) express negatively. Alternate translation: “has not been useless” or “has not been without a purpose” or “has not been worthless” (2) express positively. Alternate translation: “has proved quite beneficial” or “has definitely been worthwhile” or “has been very useful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
82 1TH 2 2 h9s8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast 0 This verse provides background information about what happened when Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy were in the city of Philippi (See Acts 16-17:1-10; [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br>
83 1TH 2 2 w0qu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις ἐπαρρησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 **But** begins a contrasting clause emphasizing that the coming of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy was **not in vain** [2:1](../02/01.md). The verb translated **we were bold** is an emphatic contrast to the normal response one would expect from suffering. Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are able to respond this way because their boldness comes from God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However … God made us confident in how powerful he is” or “Instead … God encouraged us” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
84 1TH 2 2 clqq figs-infostructure ἀλλὰ προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις 1 Here, **just as you know** is meant to emphasize how well the Thessalonian church understands the apostles’ suffering. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But, as you are well aware that we already suffered and were badly insulted at Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
85 1TH 2 2 le4l fac4 writing-background figs-doublet προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες…ἐν Φιλίπποις προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 The phrase translated **having previously suffered and have been shamefully treated at Philippi** is a background information about what happened when Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy were in the city of Philippi (see Acts 16). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Although we already suffered and were insultingly disgraced when visiting the city of Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that how badly the apostles suffered. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that we had earlier suffered violently” or “since we already suffered being shamefully abused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 2 2 fac4 figs-doublet προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that how badly the apostles suffered. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “despite the fact that we had earlier suffered being violently abused” or “since we already suffered being shamefully insulted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 2 2 lw7k writing-background ἐπαρρησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν, λαλῆσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 This is another background reference to the apostolic preaching during the persecution of the Thessalonian Church as recorded in Acts 17:1-10 (Also [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to courageously proclaim his good news to you at Thessalonica even while struggling intensely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
86 1TH 2 2 daei figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This possessive phrase **the gospel of God** expresses how **gospel** relates to **God**. It can refer to three main ideas: (1) possession. Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (2) source. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (3) association. “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
87 1TH 2 2 v4dg figs-abstractnouns ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 in much struggle Here, **in much struggle** can also refer to a spiritual contest or game. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **in much struggle** in another way. Alternate translation: “although we struggled hard” or “despite how much we agonized” or “during the time we contested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
88 1TH 2 3 hl9c figs-litany ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 **For** is the beginning of a list of reasons describing why Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy had boldness to speak. This list of reasons also defends how their message was “the gospel of God” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences reasons describing why Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy had boldness to speak. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This list of reasons also defends how their message was “the gospel of God” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)). Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
89 1TH 2 3 xg1c figs-abstractnouns ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind these abstract nouns in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, when we appealed to you: we did not try to lead you astray, we did not speak impurely, we did not try to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind **exhortation**, **error**, **impurity**, and **deceit** in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, when we appealed to you: we did not try to lead you astray, we did not speak impurely, we did not try to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 2 3 jlly figs-abstractnouns ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 1 The abstract noun **exhortation** can mean different things. Here, it is a synonym for “the gospel of God” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)). If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **exhortation** in another way. Alternate translation: “Because when we encouraged you that it” or “Certainly when we warned you that it” or “When we urged you that it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
90 1TH 2 3 t7ty figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 was not from error, nor from impurity, nor in deceit This list of double negative phrases highlights the sincere motive and true content of the **exhortation** Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy shared with the Thessalonian church. If these double negative phrases would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate them as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “was from honest, pure, sincere motives” or “was made properly, purely, and sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
91 1TH 2 4 is1a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καθὼς 1 we have been approved by God to be entrusted Here, **but just as** is meant to contrast the negative items in [2:3](../02/03.md), and reinforce that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are authorized to preach the gospel. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “It is actually true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Here, **but just as** is meant to contrast the negative items in [2:3](../02/03.md), and reinforce that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are authorized to preach the gospel. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “it is actually true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
92 1TH 2 4 lfv7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ καθὼς δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Here, **to be entrusted** expresses the result of **been examined**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God trusts us to proclaim the gospel because he tested and approved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Here, **to be entrusted** expresses the result of **been examined**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “certainly, God trusts us to proclaim the gospel because he tested and approved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
93 1TH 2 4 ue4y figs-explicit δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 The combination of these two verbs **examined** and **entrusted** are meant to emphasize how the apostles have trustworthy credentials to preach the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have been proved to be genuine guardians of the gospel” or “we are marked with God’s seal of approval as faithful preachers of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The combination of these two verbs **examined** and **entrusted** are meant to emphasize how the apostles are authorized to preach the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has verified that we can be trusted to proclaim his good news” or “we have passed God’s test as faithful preachers of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
94 1TH 2 4 m8sq grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως λαλοῦμεν 1 Here, **so we speak** expresses the result of **been examined**. The reason why the apostles have confidence and authority to proclaim the gospel is because God tested and approved them. There are two main ways you could translate **so**: (1) reason for speaking. Alternate translation: “this is why we keep talking about it” or “so, we keep speaking” (2) manner of speaking. Alternate translation: “so this is how we speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Here, **so we speak** expresses the result of **been examined**. The reason why the apostles have confidence and authority to **speak** the gospel is because God tested and approved them. This could refer to: (1) reason for speaking. Alternate translation: “this is why we keep talking about it” (2) manner of speaking. Alternate translation: “so this is how we speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
95 1TH 2 4 qqj2 figs-explicit λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak The implicit information in the phrase **we speak** is that it refers to the apostles’ preaching or teaching of the gospel (See [2:2](../02/02.md) for the same verb). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we apostles keep proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we apostles keep speaking the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
96 1TH 2 4 b0yy grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ Θεῷ 1 This contrast clause summarizes the list of double negatives in [2:3](../02/03.md), in order to express the apostles’ godly motives. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “not to flatter people, but please God” or “not hoping to satisfy people, but God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Here, the word **but** contrasts **men** and **God**. Paul is indicating that **God** and **men** are different people. Paul is also expressing the idea that the apostles’ motive for speaking the **gospel** is to please **God**, **not … men**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “not to flatter people, but please God” or “to satisfy God, not people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])<br>
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-parallelism ἀλλὰ Θεῷ, τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 the one who examines our hearts Here, the writers of this letter use the same verb form to reinforce that they **have been examined by God**. Alternate translation: “Actually, we seek to do what is pleasing to God. He is the one who continually examines our affections” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 4 ntpt figs-metaphor τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 Here, **the one who examines our hearts** is a metaphor that compares God’s examination of the apostles’ motives, affections, or deepest thoughts to that of a doctor performing heart surgery, or a smelter testing the purity of refined metal. If you have an equivalent metaphor from your culture, you could use it. Alternate translation: “the one who can determine what motivates us” or “the one who refines the quality of our motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 1TH 2 4 bq9a figs-metonymy τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **our hearts** is a metonym for the apostles’ motives, affections, or deepest thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what we love” or “what we ponder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
98 1TH 2 5 xk2o grammar-connect-words-phrases οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 Here, the phrase **For we did not come at that time** signals that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are going to defend their apostolic authorization from God. This phrase is also meant emphasize their godly motives. Alternate translation: “Because previously when we came, it was not to flatter you” or “Certainly we never came in order to flatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) Here, the phrase **For we did not come at that time** marks a transition where the apostles defend their motives by describing their previous godly conduct. Alternate translation: “Because previously when we came, it was not to flatter you” or “Certainly we never came in order to flatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
99 1TH 2 5 u28j figs-litany οὔτε…ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας…οὔτε ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας 1 Here, Paul uses a series of negative examples in [2:5-6](../02/05/md) to describe behavior that is not fitting for Christ’s apostles. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” You can use a form in your language to list things that someone should not do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
100 1TH 2 5 hqih figs-infostructure οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν, 1 Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2](../02/02..md)). It is meant to reinforce the sincere words of the apostles, and to validate their gospel message by how they behaved amongst the Thessalonian Church (See [1:5](../01/05.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “As you are well aware, we did not previously come to flatter” Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2](../02/02..md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “As you are well aware, we did not previously come to flatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
101 1TH 2 5 q2yh figs-metaphor ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας 1 Here, **pretext** figuratively expresses the idea of people with greedy motives by comparing them to people wearing a mask or a disguise to cover up their evil intent. If the concept of a masking or disguising would not communicate a covering of true motives, you could you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “disguising greedy intent” or “trying to hide greed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
102 1TH 2 5 qqia figs-ellipsis (Θεὸς μάρτυς) 1 In the phrase **God {is} witness**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “God is our witness!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
103 1TH 2 5 lfym figs-metaphor (Θεὸς μάρτυς) 1 The apostles are appealing to God to validate their gospel message and personal motives. They figuratively speak as if they are summoning God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
104 1TH 2 6 j6c4 figs-synecdoche οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων 1 Here, Paul refers figuratively to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human being–not you or anyone else–” or “We were not hoping for any human honors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
105 1TH 2 6 afcc figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way. Alternate translation: “for humans to honor us” or “to have people praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
106 1TH 2 7 u7y2 figs-hypo δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι 1 With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could indicate two main things: (1) authority. “As Christ’s apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights. Alternate translation: “As Christ’s apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights. Alternate translation: “As Christ’s apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could refer to: (1) authority of the apostles. “as Christ’s apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
107 1TH 2 7 a75z figs-metaphor δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
108 1TH 2 7 bslq grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, **but** signals that the rest of the verse will contrast the idea of **burden**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
109 1TH 2 7 y3bi figs-metaphor ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian Church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (see UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian Church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 7 rglp translate-textvariants ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι 1 Some ancient copies read **little children** as “gentle ones” or “mild ones” or “soothing ones.” Alternate translation: “we were gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
110 1TH 2 7 bnp2 figs-idiom ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses the idiom **in the midst of you** that means “spending time” or “visiting”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “while visiting you” or “while spending time with you” or “when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
111 1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as if a mother might comfort her own children The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian Church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
112 1TH 2 8 r8b4 figs-abstractnouns οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you in this manner If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **having affection** in another way. Alternate translation: “Since we constantly long for you this way” or “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **having affection** in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
113 1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν, οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls Paul uses **our own souls** to speak figuratively of the apostles’ bodies or their life. The apostles became so fond of the Thessalonian church that they were even willing to **impart** or give up their own lives through persecution (See [2:2](../02/02.md)) and labors (See [2:9](../02/09.md)). If your readers would not understand what **our own souls** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we were happy to share with you both the gospel and our own lives” or “we thought it appropriate to give you the gospel, even if it meant giving up our very lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul uses **our own souls** to speak figuratively of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 8 p4e4 figs-activepassive διότι ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήθητε 1 you had become beloved to us If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is because we began to love you so much” or “This is because we were so fond of you” or “Because we apostles had so much affection for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
114 1TH 2 9 v837 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the connecting word **For** emphasizes that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
115 1TH 2 9 exw6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
116 1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
117 1TH 2 9 ilj2 figs-distinguish νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase further explains **our labor and toil**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “Although working night and day” or “Despite the fact that we kept working night and day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) This phrase further explains **our labor and toil**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “although working night and day” or “despite the fact that we kept working night and day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
118 1TH 2 9 ylkl figs-idiom νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 Here, **night and day working** is an idiom for excessive labor. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we stayed busy working” or “we never stopped working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
119 1TH 2 9 geb7 kedf grammar-connect-logic-goal figs-idiom πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 This is a purpose clause expressing the reason why the apostles were **night and day working**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack (See note at [2:7](../02/07.md)). Alternative translation, “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
120 1TH 2 9 ezqn tw00 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὸ μὴ 1 Again, the phrase **the gospel of God** is used to indicate that the apostles’ message is of Divine origin (See your translation at [2:2](../02/02.md)). This introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why the apostles worked so much. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
121 1TH 2 10 9 re18 ezqn figs-metaphor figs-possession ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The apostles are appealing to the Thessalonian church and God to validate their gospel message and personal motives (See also [2:5](../02/05.md)). They figuratively speak as if they are summoning both the church and God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “You are our witnesses, as well as God himself” or “As well as God, you have personally testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Again, the phrase **the gospel of God** is used to indicate that the apostles’ message is of Divine origin (See your translation at [2:2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
122 1TH 2 10 h52a re18 figs-ellipsis figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός 1 In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: See previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) The apostles are appealing to the Thessalonian church and God to validate their gospel message and personal motives (See also [2:5](../02/05.md)). They figuratively speak as if they are summoning both the church and God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “You are our witnesses, as well as God himself” or “As well as God, you can personally testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
123 1TH 2 10 h52a figs-ellipsis ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός 1 In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “As well as God, you can personally testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
124 1TH 2 10 il3e figs-litany ὡς ὁσίως, καὶ δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως, ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless Paul uses a repetitive series of proofs of the apostles’ godly behavior in [2:10-12](../02/10.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the evidence for which the Thessalonian Church and God are evoked as witnesses. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. Alternate translation: “just how faithful, and just, and innocent we conducted ourselves toward you believers in God” or “how we acted reverently, and fairly, and blamelessly while visiting the faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
125 1TH 2 10 ufdv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 holy, and righteous, and blameless The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br>
126 1TH 2 11 oug6 καθάπερ οἴδατε ὡς ἕνα ἕκαστον ὑμῶν 1 Again, Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2,5](../02/02..md)). It is another way of saying “you {are} witnesses” (See [2:10](../02/10.md). Paul is appealing to the Thessalonian church’s own experience of the apostles’ godly behavior, to prove their gospel message comes from God (See [2:9](../02/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “just as you each and every one of you are well aware” or “just as each one of you experienced for yourself”
127 1TH 2 11 i58m figs-simile ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father his own children The point of Paul’s comparison is that the apostles are like fathers who model and instruct in proper behavior for their children. They see themselves as spiritual fathers to the Thessalonian Church, so they nurture them in the Christian faith like a father would care for the overall well-being of his own children. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a father nurtures his own children” or “just as a father cares for his own children” or “like a father trains his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
128 1TH 2 12 m91e figs-litany παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι, καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι…ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and testifying for you Paul uses a repetitive series of verb forms to show how the apostles have instructed the Thessalonian church like caring fathers would. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” These words are meant to instill a sense of urgency. Use a form in your language that someone would use to inspire people to live godly. Alternate translation: “encouraging and cheering you up and acting as your witness” or “We kept instructing you through appeals, encouragement, and our own personal example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
129 1TH 2 12 clhg παρακαλοῦντες…μαρτυρόμενοι 1 These verbal forms also describe the apostles’ fatherly behavior toward the Thessalonian Church. These forms can be expressed in a number of ways: (1) result. Alternate translation: “with the result that we kept exhorting … testifying” (2) means. Alternate translation: “by exhorting … testifying” (3) manner. Alternate translation: “how we kept exhorting … testifying”
130 1TH 2 12 afop grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ appeals. He wants the Thessalonian church to live **worthily of God **. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “that you must honor God by how you live” or “so that you would live how God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ appeals. He wants the Thessalonian church to live **worthily of God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “that you must honor God by how you live” or “so that you would live how God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
131 1TH 2 12 go6b figs-possession εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses the possessive phrase **of God** could refer: (1) God giving honor. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that God considers worthy” or “to live in a way that God honors” (2) God’s people as recipients of honor. “to live in a way that shows you are worthy of being God’s people” (3) God as recipient of honor. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Paul use of the possessive phrase **of God** could refer to: (1) God giving honor. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that God considers worthy” or “to live in a way that God honors” (2) God’s people as recipients of honor. “to live in a way that shows you are worthy of being God’s people” (3) God as recipient of honor. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
132 1TH 2 12 udek figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν 1 Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
133 1TH 2 12 v9ph figs-distinguish τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 This phrase gives us further information about God, and describes what he is doing through the apostles’ teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “God is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) This phrase gives us further information about God, and describes what he is doing through the apostles’ teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
134 1TH 2 12 b0by figs-parallelism τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς 1 **who is calling you** is a parallelism that equates the apostles’ **exhorting**, **encouraging**, and **testifying** with God’s **calling**. See also [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Here, **who is calling you** is a parallelism that equates the apostles’ **exhorting**, **encouraging**, and **testifying** with God’s **calling**. See also [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
135 1TH 2 12 vbd2 figs-hendiadys εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 This phrase **into his own kingdom and glory** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **glory** describes what the **kingdom** is like. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “into his own glorious kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
136 1TH 2 12 13 n8dr au3b figs-doublet grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 into his own kingdom and glory General Information: Here, **kingdom** and **glory** could refer to the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how enticing it is to be in God’s kingdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “into his own kingdom glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) This phrase **And because of this** indicates that what follows are the reasons why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian Church. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 2 13 au3b grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ διὰ τοῦτο 1 General Information: This phrase **And because of this** indicates that what follows are the reasons why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian Church. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
137 1TH 2 13 zja7 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 This phrase uses exaggeration to emphasize the apostles’ gratitude (See also [1:2](../01/02.md)). Here, **constantly** does not mean “every moment.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows intense gratitude. Alternate translation: “We ourselves habitually thank” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
138 1TH 2 13 ruy0 ἡμεῖς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **we** to emphasize how thankful the apostles are. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we personally” or “we ourselves”
139 1TH 2 13 ei3j figs-distinguish ὅτι παραλαβόντες λόγον ἀκοῆς παρ’ ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐδέξασθε 1 General Information: This clause explains why the apostles are thankful. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
142 1TH 2 13 zj5f grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν 1 not as the word of man Paul uses this contrasting clause to strongly negate the idea that the apostles’ message is of human origin. Use a natural way in your language for introducing an emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but in fact what it really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
143 1TH 2 13 f6ta figs-metonymy λόγον ἀνθρώπων…λόγον Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses the phrase **the word** figuratively to represent a message that is made up of words. Here, **the word of man** refers to a message of human origin. In contrast, **the word of God** refers to the same message called “the gospel of God” in [2:8-9](../02/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a human message … God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
144 1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also working in you who believe The apostles refer to God’s gospel message figuratively as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
145 1TH 2 13 z89g writing-pronouns ὃς 1 which is also working in you who believe Here, the pronoun **which** could emphasize **God** or **the word**. Alternate translation: “and God” or “and God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **which** could refer to **God** or **the word**. Alternate translation: “and God” or “and God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
146 1TH 2 13 x7oi figs-yousingular ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to all the believers in God at Thessalonica (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
147 1TH 2 14 mh8n writing-background 0 became imitators of the churches Verses 14-16 provide background information about how the Thessalonian Church suffered persecutions similar to the Judean Church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
148 1TH 2 14 xopt grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the proof of how God’s message is working among the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “Because” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 14 fy23 figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς 1 Both uses of **you** are used to give special emphasis to the sufferings of the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you personally” or “you yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
149 1TH 2 14 cj05 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
150 1TH 2 14 ij9j μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε…τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 Here, **imitators** is a noun that can be translated with a verb (See [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “mimicked the churches” or “imitated the churches” or “copied the behavior of the churches”
151 1TH 2 14 g0t5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively **of the churches of God … in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside **Jesus**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **God** and **Jesus** (See also [1:1](../01/01.md). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
152 1TH 2 15 a6xd writing-background τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 This is the specific content of the background information about the Jewish persecution of Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
153 1TH 2 15 pgzz figs-synecdoche figs-merism τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 The whole history of the persecution of God’s people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) The whole history of the persecution of God’s people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
154 1TH 2 15 ucaz figs-events τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων 1 This list of those persecuted by the Jews is not chronological, but emphasizes the order of importance and intensity of persecution. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “who have killed the prophets, then the Lord Jesus, and finally persecuted us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
155 1TH 2 15 ihh7 grammar-connect-words-phrases grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων; καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων; καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων 1 Here, **and** could indicate that the following phrase is the result of Jews’ persecution. To express and emphasize God’s response toward the Jews’ persecution, you could begin a new sentence with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “have persecuted us. This is why God is continually displeased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) Here, **and** indicates that the following phrase is the result of Jews’ persecution. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes.To emphasize God’s response toward the Jews’ persecution, you could begin a new sentence with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “have persecuted us and are enemies of all people. This is why God is continually displeased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
156 1TH 2 15 tfc4 figs-parallelism καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 1 These two phrases mean similar things. These phrases are meant to express how the Jewish persecution of Christians is the same thing as opposing God himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases into one clarifying idea. Alternate translation: “and they make themselves enemies of God by how hostile they are against the Jewish and Gentile churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 15 zkq3 καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 1 This phrase **and {are} hostile to all men** summarizes the present attitude of the Jews toward Christians. In [2:16](../02/16.md), it will list the specifics of this attitude and the consequences that follow.
157 1TH 2 15 g6q1 figs-possession πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 1 Paul is using the possessive form of **hostile** to describe how the persecutors of the Christian Church are characterized by a hostile attitude. Alternate translation: “characterized by being opposed to all people types” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
158 1TH 2 15 dmxm figs-ellipsis ἐναντίων 1 Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “are opposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
159 1TH 2 15 pg9u figs-synecdoche πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις 1 Paul refers figuratively to **all men** to mean “all people types” or “the whole human race.” Here, **all men** refers to two parts of humanity represented by Jews and Gentiles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all people types” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
160 1TH 2 16 r5fi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα σωθῶσιν 1 Here, **so that they might be saved** is a purpose clause. This clause gives the reason why the Jews are trying to prevent the apostles from preaching the gospel to the Gentiles (See note for “to all men” in [2:15](../02/15.md)). Here, **to speak** expresses the way the Gentiles **might be saved.** This clause could refer to two main ideas: (1) the Jews purposely trying to keep the Gentiles from salvation. Alternate translation: “to hinder the Gentiles from being saved” (2) how the speaking is the purposely meant to save. Alternate translation: “in order that the Gentiles can be saved” or “for the purpose of saving the nations” The clause could also refer to both ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) This purpose clause gives the reason why the Jews are trying to prevent the apostles from preaching the gospel to the Gentiles. Here, **to speak** expresses the way the Gentiles **might be saved.** This clause could refer to: (1) the Jews purposely trying to keep the Gentiles from salvation. Alternate translation: “to hinder the Gentiles from being saved” (2) how the speaking is for the purpose of saving the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “in order that the Gentiles can be saved” or “for the purpose of saving the nations” The clause could also refer to both ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
161 1TH 2 16 iuj9 n2ue figs-activepassive figs-metaphor ἵνα σωθῶσιν εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 to always fill up their own sins Here, **be saved** explains why apostles **speak**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that God saves them when we proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews’ sins as if they fill a container. He means that these Jews sin so much and so extremely that they can never escape God’s **wrath**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **to always fill up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “causing them to always reach the limit of their sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
162 1TH 2 16 n2ue z5fr figs-metaphor grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι 1 to always fill up their own sins The apostles speak figuratively of the Jews’ sins as if they fill a container. The apostles mean that these Jews sin so much and so extremely that they can never escape God’s **wrath**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **to fill up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “causing them to always reach the limit of their sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) This result clause explains what will happen to the Jews for **forbidding** the apostles **to speak to the Gentiles**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “as a result, God will no longer forgive their many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
163 1TH 2 16 z5fr jzjj grammar-connect-logic-result figs-pastforfuture εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος. 1 This result clause explains what will happen to the Jews for **forbidding** the apostles **to speak to the Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “as a result, God will no longer forgive their many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Paul is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. Paul is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If the use of the past tense here is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. This phrase could refer to: (1) final judgment. Alternate translation: “In fact, final wrath will overtake them” (See also [5:9](../05/09.md) (2) certain judgment. Alternate translation: “Certainly, their punishment has finally arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
164 1TH 2 16 jzjj fq9m figs-pastforfuture grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος. δὲ 1 wrath has come upon them in the end Paul is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. Paul is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. There are two main things this phrase could refer to: (1) final judgment. If the use of the past tense here is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “In fact, final wrath will overtake them” (See also [5:9](../05/09.md) (2) certain judgment. Alternate translation: “Certainly, their punishment has finally arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) Paul uses **But** to indicate that what follows is important. Here, **But** could refer to: (1) certainty. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “In fact” (2) contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
165 1TH 2 16 fq9m uwuq grammar-connect-words-phrases figs-abstractnouns δὲ ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ 1 wrath has come upon them in the end **But** is a connecting word used emphatically that can communicate at least two concepts: (1) certainty. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “In fact” (2) contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the wrath** in another way. Alternate translation: See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
166 1TH 2 16 17 sprh edb1 figs-abstractnouns grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡ ὀργὴ ἡμεῖς δέ, ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **wrath**. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract phrase **the wrath** in another way. Here, **the wrath** emphasizes one of two things: (1) God’s wrath. Alternate translation: “God’s wrath” or “God’s punishment” or “God’s judgment” (2) final wrath (See note at [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “the Final Judgment” or “the Final Punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) The phrase **But we, brothers** expresses that this is a contrasting phrase that switches the attention back to the apostles’ relationship with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 2 17 edb1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡμεῖς δέ, ἀδελφοί 1 brothers The phrase**But we, brothers** expresses that this is a contrasting phrase that switches the attention back to the apostles’ relationship with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
167 1TH 2 17 m5sf figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
168 1TH 2 17 yhhy figs-explicit ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **having been separated from you** can also mean “having been orphaned from you,” Paul may be revisiting the idea where the apostles affectionately compare themselves to “little children” in [2:7](../02/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since we have been apart from you we feel like orphans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
169 1TH 2 17 lmpu figs-idiom πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας 1 Here, **for the time of an hour** is an idiom that indicates a short time span. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for short time” or “for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
170 1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 by face, not in heart Here, **heart** represents the apostles’ concerns, feelings, and affections. Here, **face** represents the “person” or “physical presence”. Though the apostles were not physically present in Thessalonica, they continued to care about and show concern for their relationship with the church there. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by distance, not in feeling” or “in person, not in affection” or “in presence, not in concern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
171 1TH 2 17 ko8f yxzu figs-synecdoche figs-parallelism προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 by face, not in heart to see your faces Similarly, Paul figuratively refers to **face** to mean the whole physical person, and **heart** to mean the whole range of emotions. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in our physical bodies, not in our emotional connection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) Here, **to see your faces, in much desire** means the same thing as **by face, not in heart**. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that how much the apostles desire to visit the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 17 yxzu figs-parallelism τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 to see your faces Here, **to see your faces, in much desire** uses similar language to **by face, not in heart**, to create more emphasis of the apostles’ intense desire to visit the Thessalonian Church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
172 1TH 2 17 jgi2 figs-abstractnouns τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ. 1 to see your faces If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **desire** in another way. It can also be translated as an active phrase. Alternate translation: “deeply desiring to see you in person” or “passionately longing to see your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
173 1TH 2 17 ot1s figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν 1 to see your faces The phrase **to see your faces** is an idiom meaning **to visit**. Here, it expresses the apostles’ strong desire to personally visit and share spiritual intimacy with the Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend quality time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
174 1TH 2 18 zlny grammar-connect-words-phrases διότι 1 to see your faces Here, **For** indicates that what follows is background information for why Paul had not yet visited. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
175 1TH 2 18 pnw3 figs-go ἐλθεῖν 1 to see your faces Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “to go” or “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
176 1TH 2 18 n0jl figs-ellipsis ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος, καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δίς 1 to see your faces In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I Paul personally tried to come twice” or “Indeed, I, Paul tried to go two times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
177 1TH 2 18 uqg6 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος 1 to see your faces Here, Paul uses the pronoun **I** and **indeed** to emphasize that he is writer of this letter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) Here, Paul uses the pronoun **I** and **indeed** to emphasize that he personally tried to visit the Thessalonian church. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
178 1TH 2 18 yj0w figs-idiom καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δίς 1 to see your faces Here, the phrase **both once and twice** means repeatedly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “twice” or “many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
179 1TH 2 18 crv7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 to see your faces What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Paul would visit the Thessalonian Church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but Satan stopped us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
180 1TH 2 18 uuae figs-explicit καὶ ἐνέκοψεν 1 to see your faces Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **hindered** often means “cut off” or “beat in,” Paul may be stressing the violent nature of Satan’s obstruction. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “powerfully prevented us” or “violently obstructed us” or “cut off our route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
181 1TH 2 19 j7j5 figs-rquestion 0 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming? Paul uses these rhetorical questions here to emphasize why the apostles want to visit the Thessalonian church. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you are the ones who will make us confident, and joyful, and victoriously boast in the presence of the Lord Jesus when he comes again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Paul uses these rhetorical questions here to emphasize why the apostles want to visit the Thessalonian church. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
182 1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of figuratively as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
183 1TH 2 19 ulj7 figs-ellipsis τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ 1 our hope … Is it not even you Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For who is our hope or joy or crown of boasting? Isn’t it you too” Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Indeed, what is our hope or joy or crown of boasting? Or is it not it you too”
184 1TH 2 19 jfak figs-abstractnouns figs-personification ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 our hope … Is it not even you If the abstract nouns **hope** **joy** and **crown** would be misunderstood in your language, you could change the nouns into verb forms. Alternate translation: “Because what makes us hopeful? What causes us to rejoice? What gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of figuratively as if these concepts are the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
185 1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Here, **crown** refers figuratively to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory, or having competed well. The proof the apostles’ success will ultimately be displayed at the Second Coming of Christ, if the Thessalonian Church remains faithful to God (See [4:13-5:11](../04/13/.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “reward for victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
186 1TH 2 19 uvb4 figs-possession στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Paul is using this possessive form to describe either: (1) product of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown that produces boasting” (2) means of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown through which we boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 2 19 voqz translate-textvariants καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Two ancient manuscripts read “loud shouting” or “celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
187 1TH 2 19 h7gh figs-metonymy ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 crown of boasting Here, **before** refers to location or sphere, used as a substitute for “in front of” or “in the presence of.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus” or “in front of our Lord Jesus” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
188 1TH 2 19 mksc figs-idiom ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ 1 crown of boasting Here, **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **his coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
189 1TH 2 20 nlbd l3m0 figs-personification figs-parallelism ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 0 1 crown of boasting Here, the Thessalonian church is figuratively compared to the abstract concepts of **glory and joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) This verse means the same thing as “our hope or joy or crown of boasting” in [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that he is genuinely pleased with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TH 2 20 l3m0 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 crown of boasting Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
190 1TH 2 20 d8dz figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 crown of boasting Paul uses the word **you** to emphasize how the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God brings honor and joy to the apostles. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
191 1TH 2 20 nlbd figs-personification ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά 1 crown of boasting Here, the Thessalonian church is figuratively compared to the abstract concepts of **glory and joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
192 1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 3<br><br>1. Timothy’s Visit (3:1-5)<br>* Apostolic concern (3:1-2)<br>* Apostolic encouragement (3:3-5)<br>2. Timothy’s Report (3:6-13)<br>* Good news (3:6-10)<br>* Apostolic prayer (3:11-13)<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter recounts Timothy’s visit to Thessalonica. The second part tells about his report to Paul and Silvanus at Athens. Lastly, the apostles offer a prayer on behalf of the Thessalonian Church.<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter, the Apostle Paul uses the phrase “stand firm” in [3:8](../03/08.md) as a metaphor of faithfulness to the Gospel, and “be shaken” in [3:3](../03/03.md)) as the opposite of being faithful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Use a building metaphor, the apostles pray that God will “strengthen the “hearts” of the Thessalonian Church “blameless” (See [3:13](../03/13.md).<br><br>The enemy of God’s people, “Satan” (See [2:18](../02/18.md)) is here called “the tempter” (See [3:5](../03/05.md)).<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Paul uses emotional and extreme language when speaking of his memory of the Thessalonian church. “Enduring it no longer,” the apostles and especially Paul (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)), feel compelled to find out about the spiritual condition of the church. The intensity and duration the apostles’ prayers is described as “night and day pleading earnestly” (See [3:10](../03/10.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Here, the apostles pray that the Thessalonian Church will be preserved holy when Christ comes again with all his holy ones, or “saints” (See [3:13](../03/13.md).
193 1TH 3 1 fqe3 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι, 0 1 enduring it no longer If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “We thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone, because we could not restrain ourselves any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
194 1TH 3 1 zvgz grammar-connect-words-phrases διὸ 1 enduring it no longer Here, **Therefore** indicates a return to the topic of a visit from the apostles (See [2:17-18](../02/17/.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
195 1TH 3 1 amxf figs-hyperbole διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 enduring it no longer This phrase uses extreme exaggeration to express the apostles’ deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church (See [2:17](../02/17.md)). The word translated **enduring** can also convey the concept of keeping water out of a ship or trying to contain or holding something back. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that communicates anxious longing. Alternate translation: “Thus, since we could not bear to wait any longer” or “Therefore, because we could not ignore these emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
196 1TH 3 1 n47x figs-explicit ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι 1 we thought it good to be left behind at Athens alone The assumed knowledge is that **we** and **alone** refer to Paul and Silvanus (and perhaps Timothy), since in [3:2](../03/02.md) it says “we sent Timothy.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Silas and I thought it was good idea to remain alone in Athens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
209 1TH 3 3 cdaa grammar-collectivenouns εἰς τοῦτο 1 no one be disturbed The word **this** is a singular pronoun that equates **afflictions** with a condition or state of being. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for this very thing” or “for this purpose” or “for this destiny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
210 1TH 3 3 rkx9 figs-explicit κείμεθα 1 we are appointed Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that it is God who **appointed** the apostles for **afflictions**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God appointed us” or “God destined us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
211 1TH 3 3 gla7 figs-exclusive κείμεθα 1 we are appointed Here, **we** refers exclusively to the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
212 1TH 3 4 nm1l writing-background καὶ γὰρ ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦμεν, προελέγομεν ὑμῖν ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐγένετο καὶ οἴδατε. 0 1 to suffer affliction Paul is giving background information about his previous visit. He encourages the Thessalonian church that he sent Timothy to remind them of what he had already told them about apostolic sufferings. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the last time we visited you, we kept telling you before it happened, ‘We are destined to be afflicted.’ You are well aware that it happened exactly as we told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1TH 3 4 uqn6 figs-parallelism 0 to suffer affliction This verse contains phrases that are similar to [3:3](../03/03.md). Paul says the same thing twice, but in slightly different ways, to emphasize the apostles’ desire that none of the Thessalonians would “be disturbed.” Here, **just as you also know** parallels “For you yourselves know”, and **we were about to suffer affliction** parallels “these afflictions … for this we are appointed”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
213 1TH 3 4 wo6q figs-exclusive ἦμεν 1 to suffer affliction Here, **we** is exclusive of the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
214 1TH 3 4 w95u grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 to suffer affliction Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains and emphasizes what the Thessalonian already know about the apostles’ afflictions. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
215 1TH 3 4 wuco figs-quotations προελέγομεν ὑμῖν ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι 1 to suffer affliction Here, **that** could either express emphasis or be a quotation marker of what the apostles said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “we kept telling you ahead of time, ‘We are destined to endure distress.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
234 1TH 3 6 e6kx figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **memories** in another way. Alternate translation: “and how you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
235 1TH 3 7 dpij grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο παρεκλήθημεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 brothers This phrase is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of the Timothy’s good news in [3:6])../03/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers in Christ, as a result of Timothy’s good news about you, God consoled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
236 1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-hendiadys ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **distress** describes the **affliction**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Here, this phrase emphasizes how much and how intensely the apostles were persecuted. Alternate translation: “in all our abusive affliction” or “in all our violent suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
237 1TH 3 7 e96u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind this abstract noun phrase in another way. Here, it could refer to a few things: (1) time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind this abstract noun phrase in another way. Here, it could refer to: (1) time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
238 1TH 3 8 utk3 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus, we are now refreshed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
239 1TH 3 7 k54j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν πίστεως 1 because of your faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “because you remain faithful to God” or “through your faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
240 1TH 3 8 y1vb figs-hyperbole ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν 1 we live Here, **For now we live** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how thankful he is that the Thessalonians **stand firm** in the Christian faith (See [3:7](../03/07.md)). Paul is not trying to say that he was dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows thankfulness. Alternate translation (replace the comma): “O how we are now refreshed!” or “O how we now feel alive!” or “Certainly now we thrive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
241 1TH 3 8 x4zn figs-idiom ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Here, the term **stand firm** is an idiom meaning “remain faithful.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when you remain faithful to the Lord” or “if you continue unwavering in your relationship with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
242 1TH 3 8 utk3 zbyo grammar-connect-logic-result grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus, we are refreshed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1TH 3 8 zbyo grammar-connect-words-phrases ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord The word translated **if** could also refer to: (1) Cause. Alternate translation: “since you are standing firm in the Lord Jesus” (2) Time. Alternate translation: “whenever you remain devoted to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
243 1TH 3 8 hk91 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as though they were occupying space inside the Lord Jesus. Here, this metaphor could express these ideas: (1) devotion to Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are really devoted to the Lord Jesus” (2) relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are truly standing firm in your relationship with the Lord Jesus” (3) union with Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of you are firmly united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
244 1TH 3 8 e3pe figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 if you stand firm in the Lord Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize his joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternative translation: “indeed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
245 1TH 3 9 pzq7 figs-rquestion τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν. 1 For what thanks are we able to give back to God concerning you, for all the joy in which we rejoice before our God because of you, This is the beginning of a rhetorical question that continues to the end of the next verse. It can be expressed as a statement, but it will be necessary to change the question mark to a period or exclamation point at the end of [3:10](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Paul is using a rhetorical question that continues to the end of [3:10](../03/10.md) in order to emphasize the apostles’ thankful joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
246 1TH 3 9 pdc5 figs-metaphor τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν 1 before our God The apostles speak of giving **thanks … concerning you** using the metaphor of owing God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian Church’s faithfulness (See UST). Alternate translation: “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving could we give in place of you to repay our debt to God” or “In fact, how could we give enough thanks for you to repay God” or “Because, how could we possibly show our gratitude to God about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving could we give in exchange for you to repay our debt to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
247 1TH 3 9 r1mc j6pj figs-parallelism grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God This phrasing is a parallel to [3:7](../03/07.md). In the same way the apostles found comfort “in all … distress and affliction” because of the Thessalonian Church’s faithfulness to God, so here the apostles have **all the joy … because of** the Thessalonian Church “stands firm in the Lord” (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br>
248 1TH 3 9 j6pj u00t grammar-connect-logic-result figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν 1 before our God This phrase is a result clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy the apostles have because of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God. Alternate translation: “for how much we greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br>
249 1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χαίρομεν…ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God The apostles speak of their prayers to God as if being in his personal presence (See [3:10](../03/10.md)). If it is clearer in your language, you could change this into a verb form (See UST). Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” or “right in front of our God” or “before the face of our God” or “when we pray to our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **before our God** is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we rejoice in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
250 1TH 3 9 10 h0tx k71n translate-textvariants figs-hyperbole Θεῷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ δεόμενοι 1 before our God earnestly Some ancient manuscripts replace the two uses of **God** with “Lord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) This emphatic phrase is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how much and often the apostles pray for the Thessalonian church. Paul does not mean to say he never does anything else except pray. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we never stop intensely pleading” or “we continually and fervently praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br>
251 1TH 3 10 k71n eb26 figs-hyperbole figs-idiom νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ δεόμενοι εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 earnestly to see your face This emphatic phrase indicates hyperbole. The phrase **night and day** expresses the continual nature of their prayers. This word translated **earnestly** literally means “super excessively.” The verb form **pleading** indicates a constant or repeated activity. You could highlight this in your translation if your language has a way to communicate this expression. Alternate translation: “we never stopped intensely begging” or “we kept passionately pleading and pleading” or “we continually and fervently prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Here, the phrase **to see your face** is an idiom meaning “visit.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
252 1TH 3 10 nv4k s0xz figs-merism figs-synecdoche νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 earnestly to see your face **night and day** is merism, expressing that the apostles were **pleading** constantly, by referring to the end parts of the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Paul refers figuratively to **your face** to mean the whole Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
253 1TH 3 10 eb26 e5fh figs-idiom figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 to see your face **to see your face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See also [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
254 1TH 3 10 11 s0xz tet9 figs-synecdoche grammar-connect-words-phrases ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον δὲ…κατευθύναι 1 to see your face General Information: **your face** also expresses a synecdoche referring to the whole Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) Here, **But…may…direct** indicate that this verse is the beginning of a prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
255 1TH 3 10 11 e5fh mc2m figs-abstractnouns figs-rpronouns καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν αὐτὸς 1 to see your face may our God and Father … direct If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract phrase **what {is} lacking in your faith**,” into verb form (See [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])<br>
1TH 3 11 tet9 grammar-connect-words-phrases αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν, καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς, κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 General Information: Here, **But**, and the verb form **may … direct**, indicate that this verse is the beginning of an apostolic prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 3 11 mc2m figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 may our God and Father … direct **himself** is a reflexive pronoun, used for emphasis and to distinguish **our God and Father**, from **God** the Son, **our Lord Jesus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 3 11 xi8f figs-possession ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord This phrase uses the genitive form. Here, **our God and Father** indicates that **God** and **Father** are the same Divine Person. **Father** also describes **God** as distinct from **our Lord Jesus** who is also **God**. Alternate translation: “God our Father.” (See your translation at [1:3](../01/03.md)).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
256 1TH 3 11 f3wh figs-hendiadys ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
257 1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the apostles, the Thessalonian Church–and by extension–the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
258 1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 may … direct our way to you Here, the apostles refer to God as if he was a pilot or captain of a ship. This is to express their desire for the God and Jesus to permit them to visit the Thessalonian Church again. The word translated **direct** indicates a longing or wishing, and carries the idea of “rushing along at a good pace.” Alternate translation: “may … make our road straight” or “to direct our voyage so that we can visit you” or “O that … would quickly bring us to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively about God as if he was a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **may … direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “O that … would quickly bring us to you!” or “to direct our voyage so that we can visit you” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
259 1TH 3 12 qgsr o80n figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας, καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς; τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love The verbal form expressing “longing” or “wishing” found in [3:11](../03/11.md) continues. Alternative translation: “O that the Lord would allow your love for one another and all people to completely flourish, in the same way we love you!” or “O that the Lord would give you a totally thriving love for each and every person–like we love you!” or “O that the Lord would cause you to love each and every person as we love you–increasing more and more! Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “lovingly increase and abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
260 1TH 3 12 nf7l f4ma figs-abstractnouns figs-doublet ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love If it is clearer in your language, you could change the abstract noun phrase **in love** to a verb form. Alternate translation: “O that the Lord would cause you to love more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “completely excel” or “fully thrive” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
261 1TH 3 12 o80n ofl2 figs-metaphor figs-merism τῇ ἀγάπῃ εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Here **love** is spoken of as something that can be quantified or measured. Alternate translation: “lovingly increase and abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks figuratively, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
262 1TH 3 12 qonz dm6c figs-explicit ὁ Κύριος καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love It is assumed that the **Lord** refers to Jesus (See [3:11](../03/11.md)). If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way we love you”
263 1TH 3 12 13 f4ma ms8t figs-doublet figs-abstractnouns πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love at the coming of our Lord Jesus The two verbs **increase and abound** are a doublet, indicating emphasis by combining two synonymous words. Alternate translation: “totally thrive” or “completely flourish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract noun phrases in another way. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord establishes you with innocent affections that are appropriate for those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
264 1TH 3 12 13 ofl2 ly21 figs-merism figs-metaphor εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love to strengthen your hearts, blameless Here merism is used as a way to emphasize the whole human race. Altenrate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
265 1TH 3 12 13 dm6c taws grammar-connect-logic-goal καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love to strengthen your hearts, blameless **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian Church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Alternate translation: “exactly as we love you” or “in the same way we love you” This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian church’s love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])<br>
266 1TH 3 13 ms8t jev8 figs-abstractnouns figs-doublet εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus If it is clearer in your language, you could translate this abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord establishes you with innocent affections that are appropriate for those who belong to him” or “so that the Lord will strengthen and innocently set your wills apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) means of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) <br>
267 1TH 3 13 ly21 p12j figs-metaphor figs-idiom εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here,**strengthen your heart** is a metaphor comparing the human will or affections to a building that can be established or supported. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) This phrase an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
268 1TH 3 13 taws vnsi grammar-connect-logic-goal figs-explicit εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless at the coming of our Lord Jesus This could be translated as a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will build up your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) This is a reference to the Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). The implication is that these **saints** are all those **who are blameless in holiness** who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
269 1TH 3 13 wu3s ytqg grammar-connect-logic-result figs-idiom εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless at the coming of our Lord Jesus This could be translated as a result clause. Alternate translation: “then the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “with the result that the Lord will build up your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19](../02/19.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
1TH 3 13 jev8 figs-doublet ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This phrase is likely indicating a doublet that refers to: (1) Means/Instrument. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (2) Cause. Alternate translation: “blameless because of holiness” (3) Condition. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (4) Relation. Alternate translation: “blameless with those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 3 13 p12j figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” or “right in front of God our Father” or “before the face of God our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 13 vnsi figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This is a reference to the Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). The assumption is that these **saints** are the same as “those who have fallen asleep” [4:14](../04/14.md). Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 3 13 ytqg figs-idiom ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [2:19](../02/19.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). It literally means, “presence” or “being with or near.” Here, **coming** expresses “presence,” so the emphasis is on the lasting presence of the Lord Jesus (see also Matthew 24). The definite article **the** indicates either the one and only Coming of the Lord, or the well-known Coming of the Lord. This exact phrase, **at the coming of our Lord Jesus**, is only used elsewhere in the NT at [4:15](../04/15.md); [5:23](../05/23.md) and [2 Peter 1:16](../2pe/05/23.md). Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 3 13 slaw grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἐν 2 at the coming of our Lord Jesus The parallel phrases **before our God and Father** and **at the coming** indicate that these are simultaneous events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
270 1TH 3 13 py9f translate-textvariants ἀμήν 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Many ancient manuscripts omit this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
271 1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address this topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian Church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and to continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own businesss, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian Church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Historically, there has been one teaching on the Second Coming of Christ. As the Nicene Creed of 381 states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. This is what [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md) unequivocally refers to. Here, “the coming of the Lord” and the “day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md) are the same event, as is clear from the context. One confusion stems from the fact that novel and heterodox interpretations have become popularized. Prior to the mid-1800’s there was no other view in any denomination of the Church. Another confusion comes from the reliance on modern chapter headings that often confuse readers about when and where subject matter changes. The original text of 1 Thessalonians had no chapter or verse markings, so it would have been more obvious to an ancient reader that chapter four and five are talking about the same event.
272 1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers This phrase could express the idea of: (1) Summary. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” or (2) Remainder. “So then, here is what remains to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) summary of the apostles teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” or (2) remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
273 1TH 4 1 wk39 u2lw figs-idiom figs-doublet ἀδελφοί ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 brothers we beg and exhort you Throughout this letter, **brothers** is an idiom meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we are strongly urging to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br>
274 1TH 4 1 la8p foeh figs-gendernotations figs-idiom ἀδελφοί ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 brothers we beg and exhort you Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
275 1TH 4 1 u2lw p4db figs-doublet figs-metaphor ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 we beg and exhort you it is necessary for you to walk **beg and exhort** convey similar ideas, and are used for double emphasis. Alternate translation: “we are begging and urging you” or “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we are strongly appealing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
276 1TH 4 1 foeh ckii figs-idiom figs-hendiadys ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε) 1 we beg and exhort you it is necessary for you to walk Here, the idiom **in the Lord Jesus** refers to the apostles’ source of authority. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])<br>
277 1TH 4 1 le21 q937 figs-activepassive grammar-connect-logic-goal Ἰησοῦ, καθὼς παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν, τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε), ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον 1 you received from us it is necessary for you to walk The passive verb phrase **you received from us** combined with **how it is necessary** and the mention of “commands” in [4:2](../04/02/.md) indicate that **you received from us** can be read as a command. If it is clearer in your language, you could divide these phrases into two or three active sentences (See UST). Alternate translation: “Jesus! Continue to apply what we taught you about how important it is for you to keep living to please God. Then you will grow more and more faithful” This phrase could introduce a purpose clause. Paul could be stating the purpose for which apostles are begging and exhorting the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
278 1TH 4 1 2 iij6 oyu3 figs-activepassive grammar-connect-time-background παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 0 you received from us through the Lord Jesus If it is clearer in your language, you could change the passive verb phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “we taught you” or “we instructed you” or “we commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Paul is providing this background information about the apostles’ teachings during their previous visit to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])<br>
279 1TH 4 1 2 p4db dg4p figs-metaphor grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 it is necessary for you to walk through the Lord Jesus **walk** is a common biblical metaphor that can mean “live” (Also [2:12](../02/12.md)). The phrase translated **it is necessary** conveys the idea of “being bound or tied.” Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because you recognize that the Lord Jesus commanded you through what we taught” or “Since you are aware that when we gave commands it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
280 1TH 4 1 2 ckii ebjm figs-hendiadys grammar-connect-words-phrases τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε) γὰρ 1 it is necessary for you to walk through the Lord Jesus **to walk and to please** expresses a hendiadys. The following summarizing repetition of the verb **you are walking** indicates that **walk** and **please** are synonyms. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
281 1TH 4 1 2 eoen vg16 grammar-connect-logic-result figs-metaphor ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 it is necessary for you to walk through the Lord Jesus This could be a result clause. Alternate translation: “then you can excel more and more” or “then you will thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Paul speaks figuratively of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally spoke them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” or “through a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
282 1TH 4 1 3 q937 ycsw grammar-connect-logic-goal figs-abstractnouns ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 it is necessary for you to walk for you to keep from sexual immorality This could be a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification** in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283 1TH 4 2 3 oyu3 vnp0 grammar-connect-time-background grammar-collectivenouns οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus for you to keep from sexual immorality This verse gives background information about the content of the apostles’ teachings, during the previous visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact, this is God’s will” or “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
284 1TH 4 2 3 dg4p lit4 grammar-connect-logic-result grammar-connect-words-phrases οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 through the Lord Jesus for you to keep from sexual immorality This verse expresses why the Thessalonians should listen to the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “Because you recognize that the Lord Jesus commanded you through what we taught” or “Since you are aware that when we gave commands it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the “commands … through the Lord Jesus” in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language that indicates the beginning of new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
285 1TH 4 2 3 ebjm mw4j grammar-connect-words-phrases figs-litany γὰρ ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 through the Lord Jesus for you to keep from sexual immorality **For** is a connecting word that alerts the Thessalonian Church to pay attention to what is said next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) Here, begins a list spanning from [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
286 1TH 4 2 3 vg16 lgac figs-metaphor grammar-connect-logic-contrast διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 through the Lord Jesus for you to keep from sexual immorality The **commands** that the apostles gave the Thessalonian Church are expressed as if they came directly from **Jesus**. **Jesus** is not to be seen as a messenger of the apostles, but the apostles are messengers bringing the **commands** of **Jesus**. In fact, the word translated **commands** literally means “messages from.” Alternate translation: “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” or “through a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **sexual immorality** is contrasted with **sanctification**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “to refrain from sexually immoral acts” or “to hold yourself back from sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])<br>
287 1TH 4 3 ycsw lhxi figs-abstractnouns figs-imperative τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) The following list of verb forms in [4:3-6](../04/3.md) could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb forms are likely meant to express a strong suggestion or appeal. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “you yourselves must refrain” or “so you should withhold yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 4 3 vnp0 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality **this** is a collective singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Alternate translation: “In fact, this is God’s will” or “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1TH 4 3 lit4 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality This phrase indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the “commands … through the Lord Jesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 3 mw4j figs-litany ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, begins a list spanning from [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
1TH 4 3 lgac grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **sexual immorality** is contrasted with **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “to refrain from sexually immoral acts” or “to hold yourself back from sexually immorality activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 4 3 lhxi figs-imperative ἀπέχεσθαι 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality The following list of verb forms could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb form is likely meant to express a strong suggestion. Alternate translation: “you must refrain” or “so you should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
288 1TH 4 3 le7j translate-textvariants τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Some ancient manuscripts read “all **sexual immorality**” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
289 1TH 4 4 ox95 figs-abstractnouns εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, 1 to know to possess his own vessel If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “each husband must only have sexual knowledge of his own wife, by treating her like she belongs to God and by honoring her” or “each man should know how to practice self-control by setting apart and honoring his own body” or (See UST for two separate sentences)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
290 1TH 4 4 zis1 figs-abstractnouns εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, 1 to know to possess his own vessel If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase into two active sentences (See UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
291 1TH 4 4 vhbp figs-euphemism εἰδέναι…κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel **to know … to possess** is a euphemism for sexual intimacy or knowledge (See previous note for an alternate translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
292 1TH 4 4 f4ux figs-metaphor τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor or idiom that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. It could refer to: (1) A husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to practice self-control with his own body” or “to control his own body” (2) His wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to hold onto his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor or idiom that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. It could refer to: (1) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to practice self-control with his own body” or “to control his own body” (2) his wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to hold onto his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
293 1TH 4 4 fk6n figs-nominaladj ἕκαστον 1 to know to possess his own vessel This nominal adjective is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
294 1TH 4 4 arkf figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῦ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This reflexive pronoun further emphasizes the necessity of “sanctification” [4:3](../04/03.md), that the **vessel** belongs to the husband or man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
295 1TH 4 4 ihqe figs-hendiadys ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This phrase is a hendiadys. Alternate translation: “by sanctifying and honoring his body” or “by sanctifying and honoring her body” or “by honorably setting it apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
296 1TH 4 4 nppk ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This phrase could also refer to: (1) Condition. Alternate translation: “in the condition of holiness and honor” or “in a state of holiness and honor” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “with holiness and honor” (3) Means. Alternate translation: “through holiness and honor”
297 1TH 4 5 y9g2 figs-parallelism μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας, καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν 1 in the passion of lust This verse expresses a contrasting parallelism. **in the passion of lust** contrasts “in holiness and honor”. **each of you to know** contrasts “the Gentiles who do not know”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
298 1TH 4 5 utvd figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase into an active form (See UST), Alternate translation: “You must not passionately lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
299 1TH 4 5 x2t7 μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust Like the previous phrase, this could refer to: (1) Condition. Alternate translation: “in the condition of lustful passion” or “in a state of passionate lust” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “with lustful passion” (3) Means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion” Like the previous phrase, this could refer to: (1) condition. Alternate translation: “in the condition of lustful passion” or “in a state of passionate lust” (2) association. Alternate translation: “with lustful passion” (3) means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion”
300 1TH 4 5 vjej figs-possession πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust This genitive phrase could refer to: (1) Attribute. Alternate translation: “lustful passion” (2) Source. Alternate translation: “from lustful passion” or “from desire’s passion” (3) Object. Alternate translation: “passion that leads to lust” (4) Means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) This genitive phrase could refer to: (1) attribute. Alternate translation: “lustful passion” (2) source. Alternate translation: “from lustful passion” or “from desire’s passion” (3) object. Alternate translation: “passion that leads to lust” (4) means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
301 1TH 4 5 nrmz figs-distinguish καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν 1 in the passion of lust This emphatic clause is meant to inform. **who do not know** indicates a past state of being that continues. **God** indicates “the one true **God**” or “the only **God**”. Alternate translation: “the nations who remain ignorant of God act like this” or “this is the way those nations live, who continually refuse to give recognition to God” or “exactly like all the people who have no relationship with God” or “this is exactly the way the Gentiles, who have never known God, live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
302 1TH 4 5 tz8o figs-genericnoun τὰ ἔθνη 1 in the passion of lust Here, **the Gentiles** is a generic noun that refers to all non-Christians (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). Alternate translation: “all those nations” or “all the people” or “the pagan nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
303 1TH 4 6 wmb6 figs-parallelism τὸ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a parallel clause that strongly repeats the prohibitive “not” concept found in [4:5](../04/05.md). Alternate translation: “no one should offend and take advantage of” or “no one must violate and exploit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
304 1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong The words translated **transgress and wrong** are a superlative doublet. The word translated **transgress** can mean “to overstep.” The word translated **wrong** can mean “possess more.” Here it conveys the nuance of “claiming what does not belong to someone,” or “to take advantage of.” The idea is that no one is permitted to violate or cross over the bounds of lawful marital relations, by taking what belongs to another man. Alternate translation: “trespass against and claim what belongs to” or “violate and exploit” or “transgress and take advantage of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
305 1TH 4 6 ckez figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord is an avenger Here, **in this matter** uses a business metaphor to speak of sexual immorality [4:3](../04/03.md). The idea is that no one should intrude in the marital relationship of another **brother** or “fellow Christian.” Alternate translation: “in the marital matters of his fellow Christian” or “in the marriage relationship of another Christian” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
306 1TH 4 6 q7bf grammar-connect-logic-result διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων 1 the Lord is an avenger This clause gives the final result of those who live “in the passion of lust” [4:5](../04/05.md). This could refer to: (1) The sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord will punish all those people” (2) All the matters spoken of in verses 3-6. Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord will avenge for all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) This clause gives the final result of those who live “in the passion of lust” [4:5](../04/05.md). This could refer to: (1) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord will punish all those people” (2) all the matters spoken of in [1:3-6](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord will avenge for all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
307 1TH 4 6 p80j figs-abstractnouns ἔκδικος 1 the Lord is an avenger If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun into a verb form. Alternate translation: “is a punisher” or “is a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
308 1TH 4 6 r9n4 figs-metaphor ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This is a metaphorical title used of God throughout the Old Testament (See Judith 9:2 for a similar use in relational to sexual immorality). **avenger** literally means “judge from.” Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus will avenge” or “the Lord Jesus will punish” or “the Lord Jesus will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
309 1TH 4 6 jitm figs-explicit Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger The assumed knowledge here is that **Lord** refers to “Jesus” (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
312 1TH 4 7 qx6y figs-abstractnouns οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us This verse parallels [4:4](../04/04.md). If it is clearer in your language, you could change these abstract nouns into verb forms, the double negatives to positive statements, and the reorder the clauses. Alternate translation: “God called us, so we must purify and set ourselves apart like those who belong to God” or “We must not live impurely or act unholy, because God did not call us as his people for this purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
313 1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness The double negative is used as a strong prohibition against sexual immorality [4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Because God did not summon us for impurity, but into sanctification”. You could also state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Because God called us to be pure and holy” or “Certainly God summoned us to pure and holy living” or “Indeed, God invited us to become pure and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
314 1TH 4 7 ie7g ἐκάλεσεν 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness The word translated **called** can also refer to simple statement of fact or summarizing act. Alternate translation: “summons” or “beckons” or “invites”
315 1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 God did not call us Here “us” is inclusive, referring to the apostles, the Thessalonian Church, and by extension all Christians (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) Here “us” is inclusive, referring to the apostles, the Thessalonian Church, and by extension all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
316 1TH 4 7 qli0 ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us The prepositions translated **to** and **in** can refer to: (1) Disadvantage and advantage. Alternate translation: “for the sake of … for the sake of” (2) Purpose and rule. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … to conform to” (3) Basis and association. Alternate translation: “on the basis of … in association with” (4) Destination. Alternate translation: “to lead to … leading to” (5) Means. Alternate translation: “through … through”
317 1TH 4 8 zdsc figs-parallelism τοιγαροῦν ὁ ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν διδόντα τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ τὸ Ἅγιον εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the one rejecting this This verse parallels some of the concepts found in [4:7](../04/07.md). The words translated **Therefore** and “For” have the same root. **the one rejecting** and **rejects** parallel “uncleanness.” **Holy Spirit** parallels “in holiness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
318 1TH 4 8 mn5y grammar-connect-words-phrases τοιγαροῦν 1 the one rejecting this This triply emphatic connecting word is meant to mark the end of this section prohibiting sexual immorality. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention” or “So then, you must realize” or “It is absolutely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
357 1TH 4 13 f9eq figs-explicit οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest Here, it is assumed that **hope** refers to resurrection salvation (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)), and was previously associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “who possess no hope of life after death” or “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” or “who do not have confidence in the future promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
358 1TH 4 14 j09o grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη 1 if we believe This clause frames the apostles’ argument as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they actually mean that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think what the apostles are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly believe that Jesus died and resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
359 1TH 4 14 hmw4 figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη 1 if we believe Here, it is assumed that the Thessalonian Church knows that**Jesus died and rose again** is the main content of the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
360 1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Though, **we believe** could be inclusive of the Thessalonian Church (and by extension all Christians), it is most likely exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. The previous use in [3:11](../03/11.md) and subsequent uses (See “we say” in [4:15](../04/15.md)) are clearly referring to the apostles. It mostly likely is a reference to their authoritative teaching. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) Though, **we believe** could be inclusive of the Thessalonian church (and by extension all Christians), it is most likely exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. The previous use in [4:11](../04/11.md) and subsequent uses (See “we say” in [4:15](../04/15.md)) are clearly referring to the apostles. Here, it mostly likely is a reference to their authoritative teaching. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
361 1TH 4 14 kmk2 grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως καὶ ὁ Θεὸς 1 rose again This phrase could express at least two things: (1) Manner. Alternate translation: “this is the way God” or “this is how God” (2) Result. Alternate translation: “then God will also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
362 1TH 4 14 m1fy figs-possession καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ 1 rose again This genitive phrase **through Jesus** could refer to: (1) Those who are only temporarily dead through/associated with/in union with Jesus’ resurrection power. Alternate translation: “God … those who through Jesus are asleep” or “God … those who are asleep in Jesus” (2) It is through Jesus that God will bring them back again. Alternate translation: “through Jesus, God will also bring those who sleep along with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Here, **through Jesus** could refer to: (1) those who are only temporarily dead through/associated with/in union with Jesus’ resurrection power. Alternate translation: “God … those who through Jesus are asleep” or “God … those who are asleep in Jesus” (2) it is through Jesus that God will bring them back again. Alternate translation: “through Jesus, God will also bring those who sleep along with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
363 1TH 4 14 b3gs figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς…τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 rose again The assumed knowledge is that **God** is equated with Father, and he is one who sends the Son **Jesus** back to earth at the Second Coming. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this distinction explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father … his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
364 1TH 4 14 tjqj figs-rpronouns αὐτῷ 1 rose again This is a reflexive pronoun that refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
365 1TH 4 15 vvda grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῖν λέγομεν ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord This clause indicates a strong emphasis in form and content (See [1:8](../01/08.md) for **the word of the Lord**). Alternate translation: “Certainly, what we now say to you is the Lord’s message” or “In fact, what we are saying is from the Lord himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
366 1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” It could refer to: (1) Means of the message. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s message” (2) Authority of the message. “with the authorization of the Lord” or “is the Lord’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” It could refer to: (1) means of the message. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s message” (2) authority of the message. “with the authorization of the Lord” or “is the Lord’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
367 1TH 4 15 gbe1 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 by the word of the Lord This connecting word indicates that what follows is the content of **the word of the Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
368 1TH 4 15 fdwk figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 by the word of the Lord Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note at [4:14](../04/14.md)), the universal content of the following section, implies that this is inclusive of all Christians. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note at [4:14](../04/14.md)), the universal content of the following section, implies that this is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
369 1TH 4 15 hdlr figs-distinguish οἱ περιλειπόμενοι 1 by the word of the Lord The relative clause **who are left behind** refers to **we who are alive**. Alternate translation: “who survive” or “who are remain around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
370 1TH 4 15 b786 figs-idiom εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [3:13](../03/13.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). It literally means, “presence” or “being with or near.” Here, **coming** expresses “presence,” so the emphasis is on the lasting presence of the Lord Jesus (see also Matthew 24). The definite article **the** indicates either the one and only Coming of the Lord, or the well-known Coming of the Lord. The word translated **until** could indicate: (1) Duration. Alternate translation: “until the Lord returns” or “until the second coming of the Lord” (2) Event. Alternate translation: “at the coming of our Lord Jesus” or “at the arrival of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
371 1TH 4 15 byit figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord It is assumed that the **Lord** refers to Jesus (See [4:1](../04/01.md)). If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
384 1TH 4 16 wboi figs-parallelism ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the dead in Christ will rise first **in Christ** is another reference to the important concept of union with Christ or God (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). This is also a parallel phrase to “those who are asleep through Jesus” in [4:14](../04/14.md). Alternate translation: “united to Christ” or “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
385 1TH 4 16 offz translate-textvariants πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first Some ancient manuscripts read “**the first** ones” referring to **the dead**, not the timing of resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
386 1TH 4 17 ay13 figs-parallelism ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες, οἱ περιλειπόμενοι 1 we who are alive **who are alive, who are left behind** is a parallel reference to [4:15](../04/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
387 1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section, implies that all Christians are in view. It also implies that the apostles assumed Second Coming would happen in their lifetime. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section, implies that all Christians are in view. It also implies that the apostles assumed Second Coming would happen in their lifetime. Your language may require you to mark these forms(See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
388 1TH 4 17 otiq grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 we who are alive **together with them** could indicate three things: (1) Simultaneous event. Alternate translation: “with them at the same time” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “along with them” (3) Both event and association. Alternate translation: “at the same time together with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
389 1TH 4 17 wvi8 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to the resurrected dead who are united to Christ. Alternate translation: “the resurrected dead who are united to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
390 1TH 4 17 m3gb writing-background ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 with them This phrase indicates a reference to the words of the angels at Jesus’ Ascension in Acts 1:9-11, as a fulfillment of the prophecy of Daniel 7:13-14. Alternate translation: “we will be snatched up on clouds to encounter the Lord Jesus in the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
426 1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day **sons of the light and sons of the day** are metaphors for prepared Christians who will be saved (See [5:8-9](../05/08.md)). **sons** means “Christians who are characterized by.” **light** and **day** mean “spiritually ready.” This is opposite of those **of the darkness**. See also “those outside” in [4:12](../04/12.md). Alternate translation: “This is because all of you are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
427 1TH 5 5 ilv4 grammar-connect-logic-result πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς…ἐστε 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day This reason clause uses an emphatic reflexive pronoun **you** and the inclusive **all** in order to “comfort” the Thessalonians [4:18, 5:11](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly all of you are” or “This is because you are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
428 1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 We are not of the night nor of the darkness **night** and **darkness** are metaphors for “ignorant,” “unprepared,” or “sin” (See [5:4](../05/04.md). Alternate translation: “We are not characterized by spiritual ignorance” or “We are not unprepared like those who live in the darkness, like those at night” or “we do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
429 1TH 5 5 kq0x figs-exclusive ἐσμὲν 1 We are not of the night nor of the darkness **we** is inclusive of all Christians in [5:5-5:10](../05/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) Here, **we** is inclusive of all Christians in [5:5-5:10](../05/05.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
430 1TH 5 6 paqf grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα οὖν 1 we might keep watch and be sober This phrase indicates as strong emphatic reason clause. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why,” or “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
431 1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 we might keep watch and be sober Here, **sleep** is used as a metaphor for “unprepared” or “unaware” (See note at [5:4](../05/04.md)). **the rest** refers to non-Christians: “those outside” in [4:12](../04/12.md), those “in darkness” in [5:4](../05/04.md), those “of the night and of the darkness” in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “we must not remain spiritually unaware like the rest of humanity” or “let us not be like others, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
432 1TH 5 6 on3d μὴ καθεύδωμεν…γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might keep watch and be sober Here, the verb forms **sleep**, **keep watch**, and **be sober** can be translated in three main ways: (1) Commands. Alternate translation: “we must not sleep … we must keep watch and be sober” (2) Suggestions/Obligations. Alternate translation: “we should not sleep … we should keep watch and we should be sober” (3) Appeals. Alternate translation: “let us not sleep … let us keep watch and let us be sober”
439 1TH 5 8 wh3g grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες, νήφωμεν 1 we, being of the day This contrasting clause concludes this section’s main theme of **day** (See first note at [5:2](../05/02.md) and emphasizes the previous term **sober** [5:6](../05/06.md) as a contrast to “getting drunk.” Alternate translation: However, since we are ready for Christ’s coming, we must stay prepared” or “Instead, because we are ready, let us remain aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
440 1TH 5 8 i8j1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 might stay sober Here, **we** is inclusive of all Christians (See note at [4:17, 5:5](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
441 1TH 5 8 iv63 νήφωμεν 1 we, being of the day This verb can be translated in three main ways (see your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md): (1) command. Alternate translation: “we must remain sober” (2) strong suggestion/obligation. Alternate translation: “we should remain sober” (3) appeal. Alternate translation: “let us remain sober”
442 1TH 5 8 jqqo figs-metaphor ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we, being of the day **being of the day** could refer to: (1) Belonging. Alternate translation: “belong to Christ” or “are part of those who are ready for Christ’s coming” (2) Character. (See your translation at [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because all of you are ready for Christ’s coming” or “Certainly none of you are characterized by ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) **being of the day** could refer to: (1) belonging. Alternate translation: “belong to Christ” or “are part of those who are ready for Christ’s coming” (2) character. (See your translation at [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because all of you are ready for Christ’s coming” or “Certainly none of you are characterized by ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443 1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love The military metaphor of **breastplate** and **helmet** reinforces that **sober** refers to readiness. As a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so the Christian must prepare himself for the Second Coming of Christ with spiritual protection (See also Ephesians 6:10-18,23). Alternate translation: “having equipped ourselves with faithfulness and love, like a soldier wears a breastplate; and having put on the confidence of salvation, like a helmet” or “by arming ourselves with faithful love, as with a breastplate; and salvation’s confident assurance, as with a helmet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
444 1TH 5 8 l89q figs-possession πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Here is a reference to three things that “remain: faith, hope, love” (See 1 Corinthians 13:13). These genitive phrases **of faith and of love … of salvation** can refer to: (1) means. Alternate translation: “through faith … love … salvation” (2) source. Alternate translation: “that comes from faith … that comes from love … that comes from salvation” (3) association. Alternate translation: “associated with faith … love … salvation” or “that is characterized by faith … love … salvation” (4) attribute. Alternate translation: “of faithful love … salvation’s hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
445 1TH 5 9 sgu8 figs-parallelism ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 whether we might be awake or asleep To emphasize the contrast of this parallelism, you could convert these clauses into two sentences. Alternate translation: “Because God did not destine us for wrath. Actually, God destined that our Lord Jesus Christ would preserve and save us.” or “Certainly, God did not determine to punish us. Instead, he determined that our Lord Jesus Christ would protect and save us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
446 1TH 5 9 lrx6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **For** signals a reason clause. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
447 1TH 5 9 h5y2 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **wrath** is an abstract noun referring to God’s future and final Judgment. See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10, 2:16](../01/10/.md). If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “This is because God did not determine that he would judge us” or “Certainly, God did not destine to punish us” (See: [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro.md))(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
448 1TH 5 9 y7bg figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **us** is inclusive of all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) Here, **us** is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
449 1TH 5 9 qmo5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **but** marks the beginning of a contrast clause that emphasizes the impossibility of God’s people experiencing final judgment. Alternate translation: “but actually” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
450 1TH 5 9 ea58 figs-parallelism εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας 1 whether we might be awake or asleep This clause reinforces the impossibility of Christians experiencing God’s final **wrath**, and parallels the language of [5:8](../05/08.md). This word translated **to obtain** is a noun that literally means “placed around,” echoing the language of “helmet.” So then, **to obtain** and “hope” are parallels describing **salvation** in both verses. Alternate translation: “for possession of salvation” or “for preserving salvation” or “for the protection of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
451 1TH 5 9 qfcf figs-possession περιποίησιν σωτηρίας 1 whether we might be awake or asleep This genitive phrase expresses possession. Alternate translation: “possession of salvation” or “acquiring of salvation” or “preserving of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
474 1TH 5 13 c966 figs-parallelism καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This verse uses intensified parallelism [5:12](../05/12.md), by adding **highly in love**. **to regard** parallels “to acknowledge,” **because of their work** parallels “laboring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
475 1TH 5 13 jq0o grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of their work for you, we also ask you to regard them highly in love” or “Since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
476 1TH 5 13 qcw4 καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase uses double emphasis. The word translated **regard** is meant to be a pun for leadership. The apostles are urging the Thessalonian Church “to lead the way” by their “excessive love” for their leaders. Alternate translation: “and to continue to model for them how to abundantly love” or “and to keep showing them the highest honor in love” or “and to lovingly demonstrate the utmost consideration”
477 1TH 5 13 p6m4 ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase could refer to: (1) Means. Alternate translation: “with love” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “in the communion of love” (3) Basis. Alternate translation: “on the basis of love” or “from love” This phrase could refer to: (1) means. Alternate translation: “with love” (2) association. Alternate translation: “in the communion of love” (3) basis. Alternate translation: “on the basis of love” or “from love”
478 1TH 5 13 rqs8 figs-imperative εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here is the first of seventeen final appeals that apostles give the Thessalonian Church in [5:13-26](../05/13.md). **Be at peace** is an imperative, but the previous use of “we ask” in [5:12](../05/12.md) and following use of “we exhort” in [5:14](../05/14.md) communicate polite requests rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. **among yourselves** refers to the Thessalonian Church at its leaders. Alternate translation: “Continue to live at peace with your leaders” or “Reconcile with each other” or (See UST)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
479 1TH 5 14 tdxa grammar-connect-words-phrases παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work This phrase signals the apostles’ final appeals to the Thessalonian Church. Since there are fourteen commands in this section [5:14-22](../05/14.md), you could use a marker from your language to indicate this final section. Alternate translation: “Now, we urge you, fellow believers in Christ:” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
480 1TH 5 14 qadb figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work See notes at [5:12](../05/12.md) about **brothers**.
485 1TH 5 15 pe3l figs-merism καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Here, **both for one another and for all** is used as a way to emphasize the whole human race (See how you translated this phrase in [3:12](../03/12.md). If **both for one another and for all** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for everyone” or “for each and every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
486 1TH 5 16 chw9 figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Rejoice always Here again, **always** could be using a hyperbole to express emphasis. Alternate translation: “constantly” or “habitually” or “make every effort to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
487 1TH 5 17 l63i figs-hyperbole ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε 1 Pray without ceasing Here, **without ceasing** could be using a hyperbole to express emphasis. Alternate translation: “Keep praying regularly” or “Continue to habitually pray” or “Be in a prayerful state” or “Retain a prayerful state of mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
488 1TH 5 18 bt5q ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε 1 In everything Here, **in everything** could refer to: (1) Situation/Circumstance. Alternate translation: “In every situation give thanks” or “In every circumstance be thankful” or “No matter what happens offer thanks to God” (2) Time. Alternate translation: “At every time give thanks” or “In every moment be thankful” (3) Both. Alternate translation: “In every situation and moment” Here, **in everything** could refer to: (1) situation/circumstance. Alternate translation: “In every situation give thanks” or “In every circumstance be thankful” or “No matter what happens offer thanks to God” (2) time. Alternate translation: “At every time give thanks” or “In every moment be thankful” (3) both. Alternate translation: “In every situation and moment”
489 1TH 5 18 z9gg figs-infostructure ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε 1 In everything give thanks If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Continue to give thanks in everything” or “Keep giving thanks at every time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
490 1TH 5 18 q7gn grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 for this is the will of God This is a reason clause. Alternate translation: “Because this is God’s will for you who are united to Christ Jesus” or “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will for you who are in union with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
491 1TH 5 18 l3sk grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ 1 for this is the will of God **this** emphasizes what **is the will of God**. **this** refers either to **in everything give thanks** or all the commands in [5:14-18](../05/14.md). See your translation of **the will of God** at [4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “In fact, this is God’s will” or “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
493 1TH 5 19 j1ei figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit **quench** is a metaphor comparing the **Spirit** to a breath or wind that can be snuffed out. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” or (See UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
494 1TH 5 19 sv8r figs-litotes μὴ σβέννυτε 1 Do not quench the Spirit If **do not quench** would be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle the Spirit” or “Keep working along with the Spirit” or “Be fervent in the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
495 1TH 5 19 lqc3 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Do not quench the Spirit The phrase translated **the Spirit** is assumed to refer to “the Holy **Spirit**” (See [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” or “the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
496 1TH 5 20 iv1n προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies This could refer to: (1) The content of “quench the Spirit.” Alternate translation: “Do not despise prophecies from the Spirit” (2) A separate issue within the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “Do not revile prophecies” or “Do not scorn prophetic messages” This could refer to: (1) the content of “quench the Spirit.” Alternate translation: “Do not despise prophecies from the Spirit” (2) a separate issue within the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “Do not revile prophecies” or “Do not scorn prophetic messages”
497 1TH 5 21 wx69 figs-metaphor πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things **all things** refers to “prophecies” [5:20](../05/21.md). (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for the word translated **test** as “approved” used in the same context). Here, **test** is a metaphor comparing “prophecies” to metal tested for purity in a refiner’s fire. If you have an equivalent metaphor from your culture, you could use it. Alternate translation: “Examine and approve all prophecies” or “Test and examine all prophetic messages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
498 1TH 5 21 qgay translate-textvariants πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things Many ancient manuscripts add a contrasting “But” at the beginning of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
499 1TH 5 21 n1jv figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Test all things Here, “prophecies” are spoken of as **what {is} good**, compared to objects that someone could hold in his hands. Alternate translation: “Hold on tight to a genuine prophecy from the Spirit” or “Keep only the good prophecies” or “Clutch whatever prophecies are excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
516 1TH 5 25 qa1c figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
517 1TH 5 25 b7w3 figs-imperative προσεύχεσθε 1 brothers **pray** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please pray” or “We ask you to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
518 1TH 5 25 i5yv translate-textvariants καὶ 1 brothers Some ancient manuscripts omit “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
519 1TH 5 25 tbhj figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 brothers Here, **us** refers exclusively to the apostles. Your language may require you to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) Here, **us** refers exclusively to the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
520 1TH 5 26 j46q figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 brothers **Greet** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
521 1TH 5 26 dwl8 figs-idiom τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας 1 brothers Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian Church–and by extension–all Christians. Alternate translation: “all believers in Christ” or “all Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
522 1TH 5 26 v9iy figs-explicit ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 brothers **a holy kiss** is a reference to a symbolic greeting of Christian affection that the Thessalonian Church would have understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
528 1TH 5 27 ojue translate-textvariants πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Many ancient manuscripts read “**all the** holy **brothers**” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
529 1TH 5 28 ykkr translate-blessing ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This is a blessing formula. You should use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind he is” or “May the favor of the Lord Jesus Christ be among you all” or “I pray that the Lord Jesus Christ will favor all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
530 1TH 5 28 n8ur figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ always show you how kind he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
531 1TH 5 28 d35d translate-textvariants μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Many ancient manuscripts add “Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])